MITEL CORP
10-K, 1999-06-24
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: KEMPER INTERNATIONAL FUND, NSAR-A, 1999-06-24
Next: IDS DISCOVERY FUND INC, 40-17F2, 1999-06-24




                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

 (MARK ONE)
[x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended March 26, 1999
                                       OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

    For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

                          Commission File Number 1-8139
                                                 ------

                                MITEL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                           Canada                                Not Applicable
- ------------------------------------------------------      --------------------
(State   or   other   jurisdiction   of                        (I.R.S.  Employer
incorporation   or organization)                             Identification No.)

         350 Legget Drive, Kanata, Ontario, Canada                 K2K 2W7
- ------------------------------------------------------      --------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                    (Zip or Postal Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (613) 592-2122

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     Title of each class               Name of each exchange on which registered
     -------------------               -----------------------------------------
 Common shares, no par value                     New York Stock Exchange
The common shares are also listed on the Toronto, Montreal and London
stock exchanges.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:     None

Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]  No
                                                     ----

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

                            [Cover page 1 of 2 pages]
                                                 Exhibit Index Begins on Page 83


<PAGE>

         At May 28, 1999,  116,712,906  common shares of Mitel  Corporation were
issued and outstanding. Non-affiliates of the registrant held 107,773,028 shares
having an aggregate market value of U.S.  $552,336,768.50 based upon the closing
price of the common  shares on the New York Stock  Exchange  (May 28, 1999 being
the last trading day) of U.S. $5.125.

         Common  shares  held  by  shareholders  holding  more  than  5% of  the
outstanding  common shares and by each  executive  officer and director of Mitel
Corporation  have been  excluded from the  non-affiliated  common share total in
that such  persons may be deemed to be  affiliates  of Mitel.  Exclusion of such
common  shares is not  necessarily a conclusive  determination  of the affiliate
status of any holder thereof for any other purpose.

         Documents incorporated by reference:  None


                      Exchange Rates of the Canadian Dollar
                               (Noon Buying Rate)

(Financial information is expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise stated)

         The high and low exchange rates (i.e.,  the highest and lowest rates at
which Canadian  dollars were sold), the average exchange rate (i.e., the average
of the exchange  rates on the last day of each full month during the period) and
the period end  exchange  rate of the  Canadian  dollar in  exchange  for United
States  currency for each of the five calendar years ended December 31, 1998 and
for the period  January 1, 1999 through May 28,  1999,  as  calculated  from the
exchange rates  reported by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York, are set forth
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  January 1
                                  to May 28,
                                  1999               1998           1997           1996           1995          1994

<S>                               <C>                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
High                              0.6891             0.7105         0.7487         0.7513         0.7527        0.7632
Low                               0.6535             0.6832         0.6945         0.7235         0.7023        0.7103
Average                           0.6706             0.6960         0.7223         0.7332         0.7286        0.7318
Period End                        0.6791             0.6863         0.6999         0.7301         0.7323        0.7128
</TABLE>

         The  following  trademarks  are mentioned in this Annual Report on Form
10-K: MITEL, SX-200, SX-2000, SMART-1, GX5000, SUPERSET, iMAGINATION, NeVaDa and
Mitel MediaPath which are trademarks of Mitel Corporation;  Windows NT, which is
a trademark of Microsoft  Corporation;  and AXEL, which is a registered  service
mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                            [Cover page 2 of 2 pages]

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Table of Contents


                Section                                                                                Page No.

PART I

<S>             <C>                                                                                       <C>
Item 1.         Business                                                                                  1
                Overview                                                                                  1
                Business Strategy                                                                         1
                Recent Events                                                                             2
                Industry                                                                                  4
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          4
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   5
                Products and Customers                                                                    5
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          6
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   9
                Sales, Marketing and Distribution                                                         14
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          14
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   15
                Competition                                                                               17
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          17
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   18
                Manufacturing                                                                             19
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          19
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   19
                Research and Development                                                                  20
                    Mitel Communications Systems                                                          20
                    Mitel Semiconductor                                                                   21
                Proprietary Rights                                                                        21
                Government Regulation                                                                     22
                Employees                                                                                 23
                Backlog                                                                                   23
                Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors                                               23
                    Foreign Exchange and Interest Rate Exposure and Concentration of Credit Risk          24
                    Technological Changes; Necessity to Develop and Introduce New Products                25
                    Competition                                                                           25
                    Environmental Regulations                                                             25
                    Regulatory Requirements                                                               26
                    Significant International Operations                                                  26
                    Year 2000                                                                             26
                    European Union and the Euro                                                           26
                    Dependence on Key Personnel                                                           26
                    Intellectual Property Protection                                                      27
                    Intellectual Property Claims                                                          27
                    Acquisitions                                                                          28
                    Other Factors                                                                         28
  Item 2.       Properties                                                                                28
  Item 3.       Legal Proceedings                                                                         29
  Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                                       29
</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Section                                                                               Page No.

  PART II

<S>            <C>                                                                                        <C>
  Item 5.      Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                  29
  Item 6.      Selected Financial Data                                                                    30
  Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      31
  Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk                                 41
  Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                42
  Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure       68

  PART III

  Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                         68
                   Directors                                                                              68
                   Statement of Corporate Governance Practices                                            70
                   General                                                                                70
                   Mandate of the Board                                                                   70
                   Composition of the Board and of its Committees                                         70
                   Audit Committee                                                                        71
                   Compensation Committee                                                                 71
                   Nominating Committee                                                                   71
                   Independence from Management                                                           72
                   Other                                                                                  72
                   Executive Officers                                                                     73
  Item 11.     Executive Compensation                                                                     73
                   Summary Compensation Table                                                             74
                   Employee Share Ownership Plan                                                          75
                   1991 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors                    75
                   Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year                                                76
                   Year-End Option Values Table                                                           77
                   Executive Compensation Agreements                                                      77
                   Compensation of Non-Employee Directors                                                 78
                   Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance                                           78
                   Indebtedness of Directors, Executive Officers and Senior Officers                      78
                   Report on Executive Compensation                                                       79
                   Performance Graph                                                                      80
  Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                             81
  Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                             82

  PART IV

  Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K                            82
  Signatures                                                                                              85
  Power of Attorney                                                                                       85
  Annex A - Glossary of Terms                                                                             87
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                     PART I
Item 1.  Business

         Mitel  maintains  its  financial  accounts  in  Canadian  dollars.  All
financial  information  and  references  to "$" and  "dollars"  are expressed in
Canadian  dollars  unless  otherwise   stated.   Unless  the  context  indicates
otherwise,  "Mitel"  and  the  "Company"  refer  to  Mitel  Corporation  and its
consolidated  subsidiaries.  A glossary of certain  technical and industry terms
used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is included as Annex A attached.

Overview

         Mitel is a global  designer,  manufacturer  and  marketer of  networked
systems and specialty  semiconductors  for the  communications  industry.  Mitel
operates through two principal business segments,  Mitel Communications  Systems
("Systems") and Mitel Semiconductor ("Semiconductor").

         Systems  provides   enterprises  with   feature-rich   voice  and  data
communications  systems;  complete private networks including remote teleworking
solutions;  unified  messaging  and  call-center  applications  and  systems and
applications for computer telephony  integration  ("CTI");  and it also supplies
competitive carriers with public network access products. The principal products
that this business  unit designs,  manufactures  and markets  include  telephone
switching  systems  deployed on customer  premises (also known as Private Branch
Exchanges  or PBXs),  specialized  proprietary  desktop  terminals  and  related
applications,  system  applications  for  delivering  messaging,  management and
call-center  functionality,  remote  data  access  products  and  concentrators,
subsystems  and  interfaces  allowing for CTI,  public  switching  equipment and
dial-up network access  solutions.  The Company also provides related  services.
Service  activities  consist  primarily of hardware  and  software  maintenance,
training  and  other   ancillary   support  and   professional   services.   See
"Business--Products and Customers-- Mitel Communications Systems."

         Semiconductor   specializes   in   connectivity   solutions   for   the
communications and medical industries. Its product range includes components for
both wired and wireless networks;  microelectronics for enabling the convergence
of voice and data;  optoelectronic  devices for high-speed Internet systems; and
applications-specific  integrated  circuits  ("ASICs") for medical  applications
such as pacemakers and hearing aids. The  product-line  which includes  standard
and  application-specific  integrated circuits ("ICs"),  analog line components,
optoelectronic  devices  and custom  silicon  wafers is focused  principally  on
enabling  voice  and data  connectivity  over any  network's  transport  fabric,
whether wired,  wireless or optical.  Capitalizing  on the integration of its IC
design  and  fabrication  technologies  to build  ultra-low-power  devices,  the
Company has also  become a world  leader in the market  niche for medical  ASICs
used  in  pacemakers  and  hearing  aids.  Mitel's  semiconductor  products  are
primarily non-commodity, specialized products that are proprietary in design and
are often designed for a specific application or customer.
See "Business--Products and Customers--Mitel Semiconductor."

         Mitel  Corporation  was  incorporated  in Canada in 1971 and  continued
under the Canada Business  Corporations  Act in 1976. The registered  office and
the  principal  executive  offices of Mitel  Corporation  are  located  near the
capital city of Ottawa in Canada, at 350 Legget Drive, Kanata,  Ontario,  Canada
K2K 2W7 and its telephone number at that address is (613) 592-2122.

Business Strategy

         Mitel's strategy is to exploit six major  developments under way in the
communications industry:

         1.  Convergence of voice and data  transport in the  enterprise  around
         Internet  Protocol  ("IP").

         2.  Emergence  of  complementary  customer  premise  equipment  ("CPE")
         wireless systems for seamless indoor-outdoor mobility.

         3.  Simplification  of non-real-time  modes of  communications  through
         Unified Messaging.


                                       1
<PAGE>

         4.  Acceptance  of natural  speech  recognition  for call  routing  and
         stimulating Voice Commerce ("V-Commerce").

         5.   Growth  of   unprecedented   IP-centric   interactive   multimedia
         applications and services.

         6.  The  increasing  use  of  System  Level   Integration   ("SLI")  in
         microelectronics to reduce size, increase  functionality and reduce the
         cost of networking solutions.

         Mitel applies its competencies in a broad communications  "value chain"
ranging  from  microelectronic   components  for  wired,  wireless  and  optical
communications to fully networked  multimedia  systems and applications  serving
selected  enterprise  customers.  In the Systems area,  management  believes the
Company's products have competitive  advantages by reason of their real-time and
fault-tolerant  system  architecture  design  and the  ability  to  concurrently
integrate    microelectronic    and   system    designs   and    capability   in
software-intensive  applications  development  such as call-centers or messaging
systems.   In  the  Semiconductor   area,   management  believes  the  Company's
competitive   advantages  include  design  and  production  capability  for  SLI
solutions  including  analog and  digital  mixed-signal  ICs;  media-transparent
connectivity  for wired,  wireless  and optical  applications;  and  engineering
process  diversity  allowing for a number of specialty  designs (e.g.  ultra-low
power or ultra-low voltage required in medical applications).

         The key elements of Mitel's business strategy include the following:

         o        To  evolve  its  communications   systems  and  products  from
                  proprietary   platforms  to  open,  scalable  and  distributed
                  architectures  using industry  standards  (e.g.  IP),  thereby
                  allowing  for  larger  economies  of  scale,  higher  customer
                  benefit and shorter delivery cycles.

         o        To become selectively a fabless  semiconductor company for SLI
                  via  deep  sub-micron  designs  while  continuing  to own  and
                  operate   fab   facilities   in   Complementary   Metal  Oxide
                  Semiconductor  ("CMOS") and bipolar technologies for strategic
                  advantage  in  areas  like  mixed-signal,  high-frequency  and
                  medical applications.

         o        To leverage its  semiconductor  and systems  technology to the
                  benefit of all of the  Company's  customers by  targeting  all
                  elements within the "value chain" of  communications  from the
                  manufacturers  who buy highly integrated  microelectronics  to
                  the  end-users  who buy  cost-effective  and  fully-functional
                  systems.

         In  the  Systems  business  unit,  Mitel  will  continue  to  focus  on
leadership for the modular,  fiber-optic-based  voice communications systems for
the  under-100  line size  small/medium  enterprise  segment  and in  networking
technologies  that  enable  Mitel to scale its  systems  to larger  line  sizes.
Mitel's  competitive  strength is based on its  competencies  in  real-time  and
fault-tolerant  technologies,  its products' ease of use and reliability and the
strength  of its  indirect  distribution  channels to market.  This  position is
further  complemented by the addition of value added  applications  and services
which, as a result of recent  acquisitions,  have now become a core  competence.
Mitel will continue to develop  products that bring voice  communications  as an
application to the information technology ("IT") infrastructure. Mitel will also
seek to  capitalize  on its  systems  integration  skills  to  market  complete,
fully-featured  communications systems to selected vertical markets, principally
the  hospitality,  educational,  health,  professional  and  financial  services
markets. See "Business--Products and Customers--Mitel Communications Systems."

         Management  believes the Company is well  positioned  to implement  its
business strategy in Semiconductor by reason of its strong core technologies for
signaling,  transporting  and switching  voice and data; its strong  position in
radio  frequency  ("RF")  front-end  technology with  applications  ranging from
tuners for set top boxes to cellular telephones;  its CMOS ASIC technology which
enables the Company to maintain a major position in medical  applications  while
also paving the way for other  communications  solutions requiring systems level
integration;   and  its  expertise  with  respect  to   optoelectronic   devices
principally found in transmitters and receivers for Local Area Networks ("LANs")
and   access   networks.   See   "Business--Products   and   Customers--   Mitel
Semiconductor."

Recent Events

         Mitel  has  completed   four   acquisitions   since  August  1997.  Two
acquisitions  occurred during Fiscal


                                       2
<PAGE>

1998 and the others were completed  mid-way  through the first quarter of Fiscal
1999. The most significant  transaction occurred on February 12, 1998 when Mitel
acquired  GEC-Plessey   Semiconductors   Group  ("Plessey"),   an  international
semiconductor  company serving primarily the  communications  and media markets.
The other  acquisitions  related to the Systems  business  group and centered on
remote access  technologies,  advanced voice and unified messaging solutions and
ISDN  business  products for the  small-to-medium  enterprise  market.  Mitel is
focused on integrating and  streamlining  these new businesses to accelerate its
strategy of providing new products for the  convergence  of telephony,  data and
other media technologies.

         The Plessey operations included a business segment known as the Lincoln
Power and  Automotive  ("Lincoln")  group.  Management  began an  evaluation  of
Lincoln's operations at the time of acquisition in light of its position outside
Mitel's  strategic  focus on  communications.  Following an extensive  strategic
review of Mitel's semiconductor operations,  management formalized a plan at the
end  of  Fiscal  1999  to  sell  or  otherwise  exit  the  Lincoln   operations.
Accordingly,  Lincoln was reclassified as a discontinued operation in the fourth
quarter of Fiscal 1999 and will  continue to be reported as such until the group
is sold as a going concern or otherwise  disposed of, an event which  management
expects to occur within the next twelve months.

         During the fourth  quarter of Fiscal 1999,  Mitel revised its estimated
amortization  periods for intangible  assets,  consistent with evolving industry
practices. Such measure will allow Mitel's assets to be in better alignment with
the  technological  and  competitive  dynamics of the  communications  industry.
Management  regularly  reviews  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  acquired
intangibles in addition to any related asset impairment. Management believes the
reduced  amortization  time period,  to two years from the previous  estimate of
five to fifteen years,  better  reflects the estimated time to market  advantage
achieved by the recent acquisitions.

         During  the  fourth  quarter of Fiscal  1999,  Mitel  also  implemented
certain  rationalization  plans,  described  elsewhere  in this Form  10-K,  and
realized gains related to the sale of certain  semiconductor  technology assets.
The net  pre-tax  charge to  Mitel's  operations  as a result  of these  actions
amounted to $10.1 million.

         During the fourth  quarter of Fiscal  1999,  Mitel  commenced  plans to
transfer all  semiconductor  CMOS  manufacturing  operations  from the Company's
Sweden fab to its recently acquired  sate-of-the-art  manufacturing  facility in
Plymouth,  U.K. The transfer,  which affects  approximately 200 employees,  will
occur in three phases and is expected to be  completed by the end of May,  2000.
The relevant  negotiations  with the Swedish Trade Unions were completed in May,
1999 and new wafer starts at the Swedish plant ceased on May 15, 1999. The costs
of the transfer  program are  expected to be applied  against  Mitel's  existing
redundancy provisions and will not affect earnings.

         On July 23, 1998,  Mitel repaid $123.1 million  against the U.S. dollar
term loans incurred in connection  with the Plessey  acquisition.  The repayment
was  required  under terms of the  associated  credit  agreement  as proceeds of
$172.0   million  were  received  from  an  equity   offering  by  the  Company.
Accordingly, a proportionate amount of the related deferred debt issue costs and
deferred foreign exchange losses was recorded as additional  interest expense in
the second quarter of Fiscal 1999. This non-cash expense reduced net income from
continuing operations by $7.2 million or $0.06 per share.

         On June 7,  1999,  Mitel  announced  that its  Board of  Directors  had
authorized the repurchase of up to 5,835,645  common shares,  representing  five
percent of the 116,712,906  issued and outstanding  common stock of the Company.
These  purchases are expected to take place on the open market through the stock
exchanges of New York, London,  Toronto and Montreal over a twelve-month  period
starting on June 9, 1999 and ending on June 8, 2000 or on such  earlier  date as
the company may  complete its  purchases  pursuant to the notice of intention to
make a normal  course  issuer  bid filed with the  Toronto  and  Montreal  stock
exchanges.  Mitel, which intends to cancel the repurchased shares, believes that
at present no director, senior officer or insider of the company intends to sell
any common shares under this program.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Industry

         The global  communications  industry  includes  systems,  software  and
products  used for  voice,  data and video  communications.  This  industry  has
undergone significant  transformation and growth since the mid-1980s as a result
of  changes  in  domestic  and   international   public  policy,   technological
innovations and economic factors.  This is borne out by the significant increase
in mobile workers,  the  collaborative  needs of business and workgroups and the
availability  of high value  information via the Internet.  Management  believes
that these  factors  will  intensify  and that the number of  customers  and the
complexity of the networks they demand will increase significantly over the next
several  years.  In  addition,  management  believes  that  such  networks  will
increasingly become  multifunctional in nature,  supporting  simultaneous wired,
wireless or optical  access to  combined  voice,  data and video  communications
services,  thus reducing the operating costs associated with separate  networks.
Management further believes that the traditionally distinct technology platforms
supporting  voice  and  data  will  converge,  as  will  the  platforms  for the
traditionally   separate  wired,  wireless  and  optical  networks.   Management
anticipates that significant industry growth areas will include wireless access,
multifunctional  systems and networking software and that the principal building
blocks of the  industry  will  continue  to be  software,  microelectronics  and
product  innovation in advanced digital  switching and  transmission  platforms,
supported by a competency in and a knowledge of telecommunications networking.

Mitel Communications Systems

         The PBX  industry  began  to  evolve  in the late  1950s as  businesses
recognized  that they  could  realize  cost  savings by  reducing  the number of
telephone lines leased from the telephone  company.  In the late 1970s and early
1980s,  growth in PBX systems  exploded due to two factors.  First, the computer
industry  led  the  development  of  microelectronics,   which  facilitated  the
production of more  cost-effective  PBX products.  Second,  the monopoly held by
American  Telephone & Telegraph Company on the provision of telephone  equipment
and  services  was  ended,  thereby  permitting  alternate  local PBX  equipment
suppliers to emerge (such suppliers are often referred to as "interconnects").

         The  industry  growth  rate  for PBX  systems  closely  tracks  general
economic trends and is driven primarily by general business expansion. PBX sales
depend  significantly  on the  need of  businesses  to  increase  communications
capacity,  replace  older  systems or obtain  higher  value from their  existing
systems. The average product life cycle is approximately seven years.  Recently,
the small and medium business sector,  particularly in hospitality,  government,
health care, retail and education, has contributed to PBX sales growth.

         Management  expects that growth in the PBX  industry  will occur in two
major areas related to overall solutions - enterprise communications systems and
applications.  The enterprise  communications systems market is experiencing the
early effects of technological change with the introduction of Microsoft Windows
NT-based PBXs and PBXs integrated with LANs and a plethora of different  network
interfaces, as well as the emergence of the "all-in-one"  communications system.
Management  believes the evolving  convergence of voice, video and data requires
systems that combine all three media on a single network infrastructure.

         The  second   major  area  for  market   growth  is  in   applications.
Increasingly,  revenue  growth is moving  from the core  switch into other areas
such as call  centers or  customer  interaction  centers,  location  independent
working,  mobility and hot desking  applications,  value added messaging systems
and the  integration  of value added third  party  applications  using CTI tools
developed for Mitel's core switching platforms.  Call centers typically run on a
computer-based system that provides real-time monitoring of a telephone system's
workload, distributes calls to the agent that is idle longest, uses a queuing or
waiting list assignment that holds callers in queue until an agent is available,
averages  the random flow of traffic and  decreases  peak  traffic  load.  Voice
messaging is a  computer-based  system that enables  flexible,  non-simultaneous
voice  communications.  Unified  messaging  is a new  software  technology  that
integrates voicemail,  e-mail and fax mail. CTI is the linking of voice (switch)
and data (computer)  systems in order to permit data and control  information to
be transferred between systems, thus providing integrated applications.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         Management  believes that the Company is well  positioned to respond to
the business communications needs of each of these target markets.

Mitel Semiconductor

         The  primary  markets  for  Semiconductor's  products  are  growing and
technologically-evolving  industries such as the  telecommunications  equipment,
computer network server and medical devices  industries,  all of which represent
major  end-markets for these products.  Each of these  industries is expected to
grow significantly over the next several years, which management believes should
provide revenue growth  opportunities  to Mitel.  Increased  requirements of end
users and new  opportunities  should  continue  to drive the demand for  telecom
equipment and infrastructure. The deregulation of telecom services in many parts
of the world has allowed new  operators  and service  providers  to be licensed,
many of which need new  equipment  and  facilities.  The  emergence of these new
operators  and service  providers  has,  in turn,  intensified  the  competitive
environment,  forcing  existing  operators  and service  providers to accelerate
their capital  spending  plans.  In addition,  the low  penetration of telephone
service  in  emerging  countries  is a strong  driver  for  wired  and  wireless
communications. In the United States, information technology has been growing as
a proportion of capital  spending and server  growth,  in  particular,  has been
spurred by the flow of information and the requirement  within IT departments to
make information  accessible and cost-effective.  Management believes that these
developments  represent  significant new market opportunities for Mitel over the
next several years.

Products and Customers

         The  following  tables set forth  Mitel's  revenue by product group and
geographic location of end customers, respectively, for the Company's last three
fiscal years. A portion of the  Semiconductor  business unit's product output is
supplied to the  Systems  group for  incorporation  into the  Company's  systems
products.  The revenue from these  products is excluded from the  calculation of
Mitel's consolidated revenue and the revenue of the Semiconductor business unit.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Millions of Dollars
                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended:              March 28, 1997
                                            March 26, 1999                March 27, 1998

<S>                                      <C>              <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>              <C>
Mitel Communications Systems             $  752.7         57%         $ 566.8           64%         $ 474.5          68%
Mitel Semiconductor                      $  557.7         43%         $ 314.6           36%         $ 221.0          32%
Total                                    $ 1310.4        100%         $ 881.4          100%         $ 695.5         100%
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Millions of Dollars
                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended:              March 28, 1997
                                            March 26, 1999               March 27, 1998

<S>                                      <C>              <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>               <C>
United States                            $  589.1         45%         $ 404.1          46%         $ 312.6           45%
Europe                                   $  428.6         33%         $ 286.6          32%         $ 228.8           33%
Other Regions                            $  221.6         17%         $ 137.0          16%         $ 104.1           15%
Canada                                   $   71.1          5%         $ 53.7            6%         $  50.0            7%
Total                                    $ 1310.4        100%         $ 881.4         100%         $ 695.5          100%
</TABLE>

         The principal geographic markets in which Mitel operates are the United
States,  Canada and the United  Kingdom.  Mitel also operates in China and other
Asia-Pacific  countries,  Central  and South  America,  Mexico,  the  Caribbean,
France, Germany, Italy, the Middle East, the Netherlands and a limited number of
African  countries,  including  South  Africa.  The Company is not  economically
dependent on any one customer and no one customer  accounts for more than 10% of
the Company's  consolidated  revenues.  For  additional  information  on foreign
operations and geographic segments, see Note 24 of the notes to the consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Mitel Communications Systems

         The Company's  communications  systems products are primarily  customer
premises-based  communications  systems  that are used in  networks  that enable
businesses to communicate  within and between  locations to support the needs of
branch offices, mobile workers and teleworkers.  Management believes that future
growth  opportunities  for Systems  should be  available in both  developed  and
developing  countries  but  that  a  significant  portion  of  any  such  growth
opportunities is likely to be derived from the sale of communications systems in
the United States,  the United Kingdom and mainland Europe.  The Company intends
to  focus  its   marketing,   development   and  sales   efforts  on  enterprise
communications systems, applications,  networked voice and data systems, network
access solutions and public switching  products.  Systems revenue grew by 33% in
Fiscal 1999 and by 20% in Fiscal 1998 and  accounted for 57%, 64% and 68% of the
Company's total revenue in Fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Enterprise Communications Systems

         Mitel's  enterprise  communications  systems,   including  PBX  systems
located  on the  customer's  premises,  permit a number of local  telephones  or
computer  terminals to communicate  with each other,  with or without use of the
public  telephone  network.  Mitel's PBX products  are divided  into  categories
adapted to the particular  business size and configuration of the end user. Over
the past 20 years, Mitel's PBX products have evolved from analog products to the
current digital family of products. The Company's current line of LIGHT products
and related  peripherals  permit the communication of voice and data information
over conventional  twisted-pair telephone wires or optical fiber. Mitel's larger
products provide networking capabilities to link up to hundreds of locations.

         Although Mitel no longer  manufactures  new analog PBX  equipment,  the
Company  continues  to support its  existing  analog PBXs by offering a complete
line of  remanufactured  equipment that performs to specifications at the latest
revision level.

         Mitel's  top-of-the-line  family of SX-2000  products  utilizes digital
switching  technology  to  provide  advanced  voice  and data  capabilities  for
businesses requiring  flexibility to configure a system that meets specific user
needs.  The  SX-2000  and  its  networking   protocols  are  designed  to  bring
fully-integrated  voice  and  data  capabilities  to  the  desktop  over  single
twisted-pair wiring. To support networks utilizing these products,  Mitel offers
OPS  Manager,  an  off-board  computer  software  application  that  is  closely
integrated  with the  SX-2000  to  perform  network  management  from a  central
location.  OPS  Manager  is further  described  under  Networked  Voice and Data
Systems.  To maximize  tariff  efficiencies,  the SX-2000  also offers  advanced
features to support Automatic Route Selection and Least Cost Routing.

         The SX-200  line of digital  products  provides  small and medium  size
customers in North America with advanced  telephone  features typically found in
larger  systems such as the SX-2000.  The current  members of the SX-200 product
line provide interface to a wide variety of user peripheral  devices.  In Fiscal
1997, Mitel introduced the SX200ML,  a smaller but fully functional  SX-200 that
is aimed at the 40 to 60  line-size  business  market.  In  Fiscal  1998,  Mitel
introduced the next generation  SX-200,  the SX-200 EL, which is directed at the
50 to 250 line-size business market.

         Mitel  provides  a  suite  of ISDN  business  products,  including  the
iMAGINATION  product line, to the  small-to-medium  enterprise market in Europe.
The iMAGINATION  range has been further enhanced by the addition of a router and
an Ethernet hub to create an all-in-one  solution,  branded Mitel  Kontact,  for
small  businesses  and  initially  for the  retail  market  where the  product's
inherent   capabilities  for  credit  card  authorization  and  electronic  data
interchange ("EDI") products can be exploited.

         All of Mitel's PBX  systems can be  configured  with  optional  feature
enhancements  such  as  automatic  call  distribution  and  automated  attendant
functionality,  message center and hotel/motel applications and powerful private
network protocols in both digital and analog versions.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         A new line of digital  telephones  designed for operation on the SX-200
and SX-2000  products was released in April 1998. The SS4000 phones continue the
evolution of the Company's peripheral devices by introducing new features to the
desktop  such  as a full  duplex  hands-free  speaker  phone  capability,  touch
sensitive soft keys and the ability to attach  analogue  devices,  such as a fax
machine or secondary  telephony  device via an Analogue  Interface  Module.  The
style and  functionality of this product line will be carried forward to Mitel's
new family of IP-based voice terminals.

Applications

         Mitel develops  applications  software and interfaces that add value to
the PBX at the desktop and workgroup level and take advantage of the convergence
of computing and telecommunications technologies.

         One of Mitel's  major  application  thrusts is focused on call centers.
Mitel  addresses  the call center market with  software  applications  for three
distinct areas:  (i) call  distribution,  i.e.,  intelligently  routing calls to
agents, (ii) agent automation,  i.e., tying network intelligence such as calling
line ID to a database  of  information  that  provides  agents  with a screen of
information on the calling  customer,  (iii) call management,  i.e.,  performing
functions such as measuring the performance targets of agents, forecasting staff
and forecasting call traffic and (iv) features for supporting  interactive voice
response, web and e-mail initiated transactions.

         Another major application thrust is messaging. Mitel is able to offer a
complete portfolio of voice messaging products to customers. Management believes
that voice messaging has become a critical part of PBX sales such that customers
view it as a PBX  feature.  Mitel  offers a suite of  products  that  management
believes meets the price / value  expectations of its targeted  customers,  from
the Mitel Express  Messenger  card-based  solution for the SX-200,  to its stand
alone, scalable server-based Mitel Mail solutions, to One Point, Mitel's unified
messaging solution which integrates voice, e-mail and fax applications.  Mitel's
success  in  voice  messaging  depends  on  both a  tighter  integration  of the
application to the switch as well as continued enhancements to some of the newer
developing technologies like unified messaging.

         The Mitel Global  Developers  Network  program seeks to attract leading
third-party developers to deliver  productivity-enhancing  business applications
that complements Mitel's suite of applications and core switching functionality.
Developers  who have  expertise and a presence in specific  vertical  markets of
interest to Mitel,  such as lodging,  healthcare and education are encouraged to
develop  applications  that  integrate  with  Mitel's  PBXs to  deliver  "whole"
solutions to the targeted  markets.  Mitel's Global Developers are identified in
the market by the "Mitel Connected" logo.

Networked Voice and Data Systems

         With  the  convergence  of data  and  voice  infrastructures,  Mitel is
focused  on  developing   convergent  solutions  for  the  business  enterprise.
Management expects that this converged  infrastructure  should provide customers
with significant efficiency improvements in the future. Customers are seeking to
improve their current voice  systems  while  leveraging  the  advantages of open
computing  platforms and operating  systems.  The Company works with a number of
industry   forums  and   industry-leading   partners   in  the  voice  and  data
communications   field   to   advance   the   convergence   of   computing   and
telecommunications technologies.

         The next step in Mitel's  converged voice and data networking  strategy
is referred to by Mitel as the "No  Compromise"  position for delivering  robust
enterprise  IP  telephony  solutions.  Mitel's  IP  strategy  is based on proven
functionality  and  investment  protection and the delivery of solutions that do
not  compromise  on the  quality,  functionality  and  reliability  that today's
traditional voice solutions provide. The Company's objective for its IP products
is to match or exceed the  capabilities  customers demand from existing PBXs. To
date,  emerging IP solutions  offer little of the  capabilities  of  traditional
PBXs, creating significant adoption barriers for IP-based enterprise  solutions.
In addition to robust functionality, Mitel expects to provide its customers with
a clear,  logical  progression path to IP platforms from their legacy solutions,
allowing   them  to   leverage   the   investments   made  in   their   existing
telecommunications infrastructure.


                                       7
<PAGE>

         Mitel's  most  recent  product  offerings  in the  open  communications
systems  market are the  SX-2000  for  Windows NT and OPS Manager for Windows NT
with  Directory  Services  Support.  The SX-2000  for  Windows NT takes  Mitel's
SX-2000  software and moves it into the open computing  environment of a Windows
NT pentium  server.  This allows  businesses  to integrate  their PBX with other
NT-based  applications in a seamless  manner,  thereby  eliminating the need for
separate interface between those systems. The SX-2000 for Windows NT is targeted
at the small and medium  enterprise  market and corporate branch offices.  It is
differentiated from other server-based  communications  systems being introduced
by its  support  of  full  telephony  functionality,  to the  level  of  Mitel's
traditional  SX-2000.  The SX-2000 for Windows NT is the first Mitel platform to
support the new family of IP-based  terminals.  The  introduction  of  Directory
Services  support  addresses the needs of business  organizations  attempting to
maintain a large number of electronic systems and databases.  Directory Services
support is implemented  through an industry standard protocol called Lightweight
Directory  Access  Protocol,  which  integrates  voice  switching  with the main
directory server and permits moves, additions or changes to be made in a central
location and  propagated  to all other  databases.  Mitel  believes that systems
management integration will be key to the convergence of voice and data networks
in the enterprise.

         Mitel's MediaPath Server is a LAN-based  communications  system serving
small  businesses and workgroups of up to 96 users.  It consists of software and
telecommunications  boards  loaded on a standard  pentium-  or  alpha-based  LAN
server  running on the  Microsoft  Windows  NT  operating  system and  Microsoft
BackOffice.  This single-platform  architecture leverages the power of computing
to deliver easy-to-use telephony features such as MediaPath Phone (Windows-based
phone  application),  MediaPath Attendant  (Windows-based  operator console) and
MediaPath  Auto-Attendant.  MediaPath  delivers an IT-centric  "office-in-a-box"
solution for small offices that are deploying data applications such as file and
print servers,  Exchange,  E-mail and specific vertical market applications in a
Microsoft  environment.  Mitel MediaPath  provides  additional  "voice-enabling"
technology  to create  converged  solutions for such  customers.  The product is
targeted to the small/medium sized enterprise market in Europe.

         Another open system developed by the Company,  NeVaDa  (Networked Voice
and Data),  unifies all  functional  levels of an  organization's  LAN and local
voice  network on a single  broadband  infrastructure  that  supports  converged
network   management  and  call  control,   computer  telephony  and  multimedia
functions.  By converging the two most business critical communication networks,
NeVaDa  delivers  benefits  to both  users  and  the  organization  as a  whole,
facilitates the convergence of wide area access and wiring infrastructure, makes
network management simpler,  enhances network performance,  allows organizations
to leverage  existing  voice and computing  investments  and enables  integrated
multimedia applications.

         The Mitel Xpress family of high  performance  Remote  Access  solutions
supports  both  data and  voice for  remote  and  central  site  locations.  The
technology features 8:1 data compression plus Intel RISC based processing power.
Mitel's Xpress Office family of products is aimed at the  burgeoning  market for
teleworking and location  independent  workers.  Full enterprise  voice and data
functionality  is  delivered to the remote user  wherever  basic rate service is
available.  Mitel  believes  Xpress Office is an ideal remote agent solution for
Call Centres.

Network Access Solutions

         The  Network  Access  Solutions  group  designs,  markets and sells the
SMART-1  call  controller/automatic  dialer  family of products  for the analog,
digital voice  communications  and fax long distance  telephone  markets.  Mitel
management  believes  that the  exponential  growth  of  Internet  services  and
products  has  created  a new  opportunity  for  its  alternate  network  access
products.  The Company has  developed a new product  variant  which  connects to
legacy fax  machines  and routes long  distance  fax calls from the  traditional
telephone   networks  into  the  Internet   networks  through  Internet  service
providers,  thereby reducing long distance costs and providing  substantial cost
savings on fax calls to the end user, without changing their dialing platforms.


                                       8
<PAGE>

Public Switching

         The Public  Switching  business  unit  designs,  markets  and sells the
GX5000 product line. The GX5000 platform is a compact,  sophisticated  switching
system  capable of  undertaking  numerous  applications.  Among its most  common
applications are digital end office replacements for U.S. independent  telephone
companies,   digital  network  overlay   services  for  networks  in  developing
countries,   rural  public  switched   telephone  network  services,   satellite
communications  gateways and provision of a carrier network integrated front end
for voice processing systems.

         During Fiscal 1999,  the Company  introduced  new  capabilities  to the
GX5000 platform to respond to the needs of independent  telephone  companies for
additional  services,  including ISDN and  asymmetric  digital  subscriber  line
("ADSL") services.

         With changes in the regulatory environment, management anticipates that
the Competitive  Local Exchange  Carriers  ("CLECs")  should emerge as potential
customers for the GX5000 product line. CLECs bundle communications,  information
technology  and  certain  entertainment  services  for  all  of the  users  in a
particular  service  area such as an apartment  complex or housing  development.
These  services  generally  are  offered at lower long term costs to such users,
since the CLECs  negotiate  more favorable  rates with alternate  network access
providers than could be obtained by individual users. Management believes that a
compact  system like the GX5000 is an ideal central  office  product for such an
environment.

Mitel Semiconductor

         Mitel  manufactures and sells  semiconductor  products in the following
categories: communications: telephony; ASICs; home gateway; wireless access; WAN
Internetworking;  optical and medical:  ASICs. The Company also provides foundry
services to third parties on a contract  basis.  Mitel's  semiconductor  revenue
accounted  for 43%, 36% and 32% of the  Company's  total revenue in Fiscal 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

         Mitel's integrated  circuits are  microelectronic  component parts that
offer the high feature integration, low power consumption and low physical space
demanded by the design of today's advanced communications systems. Such products
are designed to provide advanced communications and control functions for a wide
variety of electronic products and systems.

         Mitel's semiconductor products are primarily non-commodity, specialized
products that are  proprietary  in design and are often  designed for a specific
application or customer.  As a result,  management believes that Semiconductor's
revenues are not as susceptible to the volatility and cyclical nature of revenue
generally associated with the  commodity-oriented  segments of the semiconductor
industry.

         Full custom  semiconductor  products  rely on an original  design and a
unique interface.  Such products take longer to design but generally remain as a
key component in the end product for the duration of its life cycle. Semi-custom
products are  proprietary  products  that have been altered to meet the specific
requirements of individual customers.  However, because semi-custom products are
used in end products that tend to turn over quickly,  semi-custom designs may be
replaced with the next generation of end products.  Commodity  products are "pin
for  pin"  replacements  that  sell  primarily  on  the  basis  of  performance,
availability  and price.  Mitel's  products are mostly  proprietary  and custom.
Accordingly,  management  believes that once designed into a customer's product,
Mitel's  products  form  an  integral  part  of the  customer's  system  and are
difficult to replace,  as replacement would require some redesign of the system.
A portion of the Semiconductor's business unit product output is supplied to the
Systems group for incorporation into the Company's systems products. The revenue
from these  products is excluded from the  calculation  of Mitel's  consolidated
revenue and the revenue of the Semiconductor unit.

         Semiconductor  has  a  diverse  and  established  base  of  over  3,300
customers in a wide spectrum of end markets,  including leading manufacturers in
the telecommunications, medical and media sectors.


                                       9
<PAGE>

Communications

         The microelectronics  market for communications is  immense--comprising
local  area  networking,  wide  area  networking,  cellular,  set top  boxes and
communications  processors among others. Within this diverse market, the Company
focuses  on  providing  solutions  that  shape,  signal,  transport  and  switch
real-time traffic. The Semiconductor products enable convergence through a range
of  products  that  interface  the real  world of every day life to the  digital
worlds of the public network, Internet, cable and optical networks.

Telephony

         Mitel has established a line of analog and digital switching integrated
circuit products that provide a high capacity for switching voice and data. This
product  line has  recently  been  extended  to include  two new  high-bandwidth
digital switch  products to meet the needs of the rapidly  growing  computer and
multimedia   communications   market,   as  well  as  Internet  access.   Common
applications  for these IC products  are PBXs,  central  offices,  digital  loop
carriers,  Internet  remote  access  concentrators,  carrier  class  routers and
integrated access devices.

         Mitel is a supplier of dual-tone  multi-frequency  receiver  components
("DTMF"),  which are used for remote control in high-volume applications such as
facsimile and telephone answering machines.  Mitel also manufactures products in
the     calling     line      identification      market,      including     its
continuous-phase-frequency-shift-key  receivers  that support  special  services
such as  calling  party  identification.  Management  believes  that  Mitel  has
strengthened  its  position  in this market  with the  introduction  of a second
generation  product,  one of the first in the industry  that  supports  industry
standards in North America,  Europe and the United Kingdom.  Mitel targets these
products to both the telephony and CTI markets.

         In Fiscal 1999,  Mitel reinforced its position as the major supplier in
Caller ID receivers with the  introduction of two new products.  The MT88E39 was
released to address the low power  requirements  of the  European  line  powered
phone and DECT (digital enhanced cordless  telephones) base station markets. The
MT88E45  product was released  addressing the high growth 900MHz  cordless phone
market with  enhancements  designed  to improve  performance  of CIDCW  ("Caller
Identity on Call Waiting") services.

         Mitel also  manufactures  hybrid  integrated  circuits which permit the
packaging  of  different  technologies  required  by today's  advanced  computer
systems and range in complexity from a simple  collection of passive  components
to an extremely  complex  subsystem  module.  Mitel  supplies  these products as
either standard circuits or as customized circuits designed for and supplied to,
a specific customer.  In most cases, the hybrid component either incorporates or
is designed to work alongside,  other Mitel components,  thereby  increasing the
overall  value of the solution to the  customer.  Some common  applications  for
thin-film   hybrid   microcircuits   are  in  PBXs,   central  office  switches,
multiplexers, cable modems, satellite home gateways and set top boxes.

Communications ASICs

         Mitel's  Communications  ASICs group is focused on using the  Company's
wealth of intellectual  property to create a new set of solutions focused on the
emerging  system  level  integration  ("SLI")market.   By  integrating  selected
communications  technology into  Systembuilder,  a development  toolkit for ASIC
designers,  Mitel can offer its customers low risk and a fast time to market for
their communications products. The Systembuilder cells are supported with design
libraries, hardware and software development tools and high-accuracy design kits
developed to work in the customer's own design environment.

         Mitel continued to augment its Systembuilder family during Fiscal 1999.
The Company released the Firefly product, a pre-defined embedded microcontroller
engine fully  integrated into ASIC  methodology,  enabling  customers to develop
their systems and design around it without the need to see prototype silicon.


                                       10
<PAGE>

         The Company also  announced the addition of USB, PCI and Firewire cores
to  Systembuilder  providing  the  facility for  customers to include  advanced,
high-speed bus interface connections into their ASICs for computing,  networking
and communication  applications.  The Company also began development of its 0.18
micron ASIC and ASSP design  capability  planned for launch in the third quarter
of calendar 1999.

         Mitel SLI solutions  are shipped in volume into many markets  including
GSM mobile phones, PC motherboards, networking and communications applications.

         Mitel's  advanced  CMOS  process  is the basis of a  "System-On-A-Chip"
digital ASIC family of products for communications  and computing  applications.
In addition to ICs for communications  systems, Mitel is also a leading supplier
of analog ASICs for medical  applications  (such as pacemakers and hearing aids)
and space  applications  (such as radiation hardened CMOS based on the Company's
Silicon on Sapphire ("SOS")  technologies).  Mitel's  expertise in low power and
high  reliability  IC design has enabled the Company to provide the long battery
life and product performance required by these applications. Management believes
that Mitel is a major  supplier of pacemaker  ASICs and  CMOS-based  hearing aid
ASICs.  Mitel  also  offers  these  innovative  technologies  for low  frequency
wireless applications such as wireless headsets and electronic tags. These areas
are further described in the paragraphs that follow.

Home Gateway

         Mitel  is a major  global  supplier  of  tuners  and RF  components  to
manufacturers  of set top boxes--the home gateways that offer  small-office  and
home-office users Internet access,  voice,  video and multimedia all through one
connection to the network.

         The Company  developed and  introduced the SNIM3, a complete and highly
cost-effective  conversion  solution  for digital  tuning in  satellite  set-top
boxes.   The  SNMI3  comprises  the  SL1914  low-noise  amp  (LNA),  the  SP5769
synthesizer,  the SL1925  direct-conversion  IC and the VP310 QPSK and FEC chip.
For the first  time,  a tuner can be placed  directly  on the main  motherboard,
thereby reducing costs and product size for OEM customers.

         For the digital  cable  market,  the Company has also  produced what it
believes to be the world's first silicon solution  enabling the tuner to migrate
directly onto the motherboard  using the SL2030 and SL2035 updown converters and
the dual phase lock loop (PLL) SP5848.

         Mitel is a major  supplier of  components to the digital TV set top box
market and  management  believes  that the  Company is known for its "front end"
tuner solutions mostly for satellite and cable television  systems.  The Company
is also developing a "front end" for the emerging digital terrestrial television
market. In addition to its front end expertise, Mitel has developed a "back end"
solution including an MPEG2 decoder which management believes positions Mitel as
one of the few companies in the world able to offer a complete  system  solution
to the set top box.

Wireless Access

         Mitel is an  established  supplier of RF and digital  components to the
analog  cellular  market for both base stations and handsets.  Mitel is a volume
supplier  of both RF and  digital  components  for the  digital  cellular  phone
standards  TDMA and CDMA,  used in the United  States and the Asia Pacific area.
Mitel was an early entrant into the wireless local area network  ("WLAN") market
with a complete RF and baseband  chipset which is currently in  production.  The
Company  is  presently  developing  a  second  generation  product  based on the
Bluetooth specification.

         Many of the cars  produced  and sold each year around the world are now
being  equipped  with  keyless-entry  systems.  In addition,  the growing use of
wireless  devices  such as handset  and RF devices has  increased  the number of
interfering  signals now in the air. Due to their strong  interference  immunity
capabilities,  management  believes Mitel's range of keyless-entry  products has
attained a leading position in the market.


                                       11
<PAGE>

         Mitel's  Planet  chip set, a full  processor-to-antenna  suite for Code
Division  Multiple Access (CDMA) dual-mode  cellular  phones,  continued to sell
widely, as did the Waverider, a wireless LAN chip.

WAN Internetworking

         Mitel also  manufactures high speed transport devices used to interface
communications systems to a wide area network,  thereby significantly  improving
performance and integration levels. Mitel is currently introducing a new line of
such devices.

         Development programs now underway build upon Mitel's existing expertise
in switching,  transmission and terminal  equipment to provide related functions
in the  emerging  market  segments of  asynchronous  transfer  mode  ("ATM") and
wireless telephony.  ATM serves as the core technology  inter-exchange  carriers
("IXC") and Internet  service  providers are deploying in their networks to cope
with growth in computer communication and multimedia traffic. Wireless telephony
extends the  applicability  of digital  telephone  components  into cordless and
cellular markets.

         Mitel  continued  its  innovative  leadership  in  the  development  of
real-time network  integrated  circuits with the introduction of the MT90220 and
MT90221 ATM Inverse  Multiplexers.  ATM is a key  underlying  technology for the
integrated, wide-area-network access services in which voice, video and Internet
are delivered to the home,  business and  government.  These devices  manage the
transmission  of ATM traffic over  multiple T1 and E1 lines,  so  customers  can
incrementally  meet  their  growing  demand  for  bandwidth  without  having  to
undertake the significant expense of a T3 or E3 connection.

         The MT90220 and MT90221 are the world's first ATM inverse  multiplexers
that meet ATM-Forum standards. Management believes the MT90220 sets a favourable
price-performance  mark by allowing  Mitel's ATM OEM  customers to  interconnect
their products over existing T1 and E1 WAN facilities.

         For  T1,  E1  and  J1,  the   world's   dominant   wide  area   network
infrastructure,  Mitel  introduced the MT9074 T1 Combo.  This device  combines a
framer and a line  interface  unit ("LIU") in a single  package  which meets all
worldwide  standards,  including North American T1, Japanese J1 and the protocol
used in the rest of the world - E1. The LIU is capable of  short-haul,  mid-haul
and long-haul applications,  making this device one of the most versatile in the
world.

         Mitel has also  introduced  a new  category  of  3-volt  carrier-class,
time-division-multiplex  ("TDM")  cross-point  switching  devices to augment its
position in TDM  switches.  Three  devices were  introduced:  the MT90823  large
digital switch (a 2048 x 2048 channel  switch),  the MT90826 quad digital switch
(a 4,096 x 4,096 channel switch) and the MT90863 rate conversion digital switch.
These devices are used in PBXs, switching and multiplexing equipment and central
offices. In addition to these applications,  these devices are currently used by
worldwide OEM  manufacturers  of Internet access  concentrators.  These high-end
platforms concentrate the data from thousands of Internet or remote-access users
onto a high-speed  backbone such as ATM,  currently  used by most ISPs,  thereby
alleviating  existing  networks from the high-traffic  growth caused by Internet
access.

         The Company launched two acoustic echo-cancellation solutions in Fiscal
1999.  The  MT9315   delivers   clear   communication   for  duplex   hands-free
cellular-phone  users,  while the MT9300  eliminates  echo across 32 channels in
wireless  systems and can be used to remove echo from voice carried  across data
networks such as the Internet and frame relay.

         With years of background in ethernet LAN and basic  telephony  markets,
Mitel combines its expertise in both markets to develop a new line of components
for the emerging Voice over Internet  Protocol  ("VoIP") market at home gateway,
enterprise  and carrier  class  levels.  Mitel's  objective is to bring the best
price and performance into new products targeted to VoIP applications.


                                       12
<PAGE>

         Mitel  has  established  a line of echo  cancellers  to  improve  voice
quality in network access  equipment that introduce  substantial  network delays
such as Internet,  ATM, Frame Relay and Wireless  systems.  Leveraging  from its
development  of  two-channel  voice echo  cancellers,  Mitel has  introduced the
MT9315  Acoustic Echo Canceller and MT9300  Multi-Channel  Voice Echo Canceller.
The MT9315 is  targeted  to  handfree  and  speakerphone  applications:  it uses
innovative  TruePlex  technology  enabling  the world's  first true  full-duplex
speakerphones  that  provides  natural  two-way  conversation.   The  MT9315  is
particularly  useful for Internet phone applications that require a high-quality
speakerphone function. The MT9315 is also targeted for use in business telephone
sets,  conferencing units, mobile phone handsfree kits and intercom systems. The
MT9300 is a low-power  32-channel  voice echo canceller  that addresses  channel
density  needs in VoIP  gateways,  ATM and Frame  Relay  switches  and  routers,
wireless mobile switching  centres and  basestations,  satellite  communications
equipment and central office applications.

Optical Communications

         Mitel is a leading  supplier  of Light  Emitting  Diodes  ("LED"),  PIN
diodes,  photodetectors and duplex devices. These devices, which are built using
gallium  arsenide  and  indium  phosphide  technologies,  allow  Mitel  to offer
products  to drive  fiber  optic  cable in  applications  such as data  networks
including  fiber channel,  fiber  distributed  data  interface and ATM.  Mitel's
optoelectronic  components  include a Vertical  Cavity  Surface  Emitting  Laser
("VCSEL")  to  address  such  applications  as  gigabit  ethernet,  as  well  as
PIN/Pre-amp  combo devices in which the pre-amplifier is mounted inside the same
package  as  the  photodetector,  thereby  improving  performance  and  reducing
assembly cost to the end-user. In order to address the emerging and fast growing
Optical  Networking  market,  Mitel has undertaken a two year program to develop
DWDM and  Cross-Connect  Integrated  devices  using  advanced,  speciality  CMOS
manufacturing processes.

         A new set of optical  electronics  products was introduced  that extend
Mitel's broad  catalogue of lasers,  diodes and other leading optical ICs. These
include the 1A466, the industry's first commercially  available  resonant-cavity
LED ("RCLED") for applications  based on plastic optical fiber; a high-speed 840
mm MT-RJ Small Form Factor  ("SFF")  interface  designed  for Fibre  Channel and
Gigabit Ethernet  transceivers;  and VCSELs for high-speed datacom applications.
These products were awarded special honors at the 1998 Fiber Optic Conference in
San Diego, California.

Medical

Medical ASICs

         The high cost of medical care is  generating an  ever-expanding  set of
opportunities for microelectronics-based  products that reduce health-care costs
and improve quality of life. Implantables such as pacemakers,  wearables such as
hearing aids, portable equipment and communicating devices that monitor patients
in and  outside  hospital  are  examples of  emerging  markets in which  Mitel's
experience and skills have immediate relevance.

         Management  believes that Mitel is a major supplier of analog ASICs for
medical  applications.  Mitel's  expertise in ultra-low power,  high-reliability
integrated-circuit  design has enabled the Company to make medical  devices with
high performance and exceptional battery life.

Discontinued Operations

Power and Automotive

         The    Company    designs,    manufactures    and    markets    several
non-communications   products  at  its   facility   located  in  Lincoln,   U.K.
Applications for these products include  principally Power and Automotive.  This
business unit was  classified as a  discontinued  operation at the end of Fiscal
1999  following a strategic  review and the  adoption of a formal plan to either
sell or exit the Power and Automotive operations.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         The Power products are used in industrial, rail traction, aerospace and
electric utility applications and in air conditioners, white goods, compressors,
pumps and fans.  The principal  geographic  markets for such products are in the
United Kingdom,  France and North America.  The automotive  products are used in
road  tolling  applications,  in car alarms  and for  automatic  cruise  control
systems.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Mitel Communications Systems

         The Systems business unit targets its products and services principally
to businesses  requiring  communications  systems on their premises.  Management
believes that Mitel is a major supplier of PBX systems and  peripherals to small
and medium sized  businesses,  which  management  further believes is one of the
fastest  growing  business  communications  systems  segments  in the  principal
markets served by the Company.

North America

         In the United  States,  Mitel sells most of its PBX systems  (excluding
its top-of-the-line  SX-2000 system) through wholesale distributors of telephony
equipment.  The distributors,  in turn, sell to independent  telephone companies
and to interconnect companies. Mitel products are also sold to the U.S. federal,
state and local  governments.  Typically,  the North American  indirect  selling
channel  focuses  on the  small/medium-size  enterprise  market,  with a  strong
penetration  into  the  lodging,   government,   manufacturing   and  healthcare
industries.  Mitel also sells  products  directly to end  customers  through its
subsidiary Mitel Communications Solutions, Inc. ("MCS"), primarily in the top 25
metropolitan  statistical areas as determined by the United States Department of
Commerce.  MCS is a nationwide sales and service operation that sells integrated
communications  systems,  applications  and peripherals to national and regional
accounts, as well as to large single site accounts.

         Mitel has  established  an "Elite VAR" program in the United States for
the  Company's  top 130  dealers.  Elite  VARs or  value  added  resellers  that
demonstrate the skill set necessary to sell more complex converged  products are
tiered as  Platinum  Elite  VARs.  Both Elite VARs and  Platinum  Elite VARs are
provided exclusive access to some of Mitel's newest products such as the SX-2000
PBX.  Platinum  Elite  VARs have  access to  SX-2000  for  Windows  NT and other
applications that require expertise in server based telephony.  Both also have a
non-exclusive  right to distribute  the rest of the Company's PBX products.  All
other dealers,  which number approximately 400, are classified as Mitel Dealers.
Mitel Dealers sell the balance of the Company's PBX product line.

         In  Canada,  Mitel  sells  its  complete  range  of  PBX  equipment  to
independent  interconnect  companies and specific telephone  companies including
Bell Canada and Manitoba Telephone Systems, which in turn sell to end users. The
interconnect  companies  operate under an Elite VAR support  program  similar to
that  established  in the United States.  The dealers sell,  install and provide
service  throughout Canada,  marketing Mitel products on a non-exclusive  basis.
Mitel also sells the SX-2000 line of PBX systems directly to end users in Canada
through MCS.

         Remote access products are sold primarily through selected data-centric
VARs,  although it is planned to add this  portfolio  to the Elite and  Platinum
Elite VARs' products  offering.  Public  switching  systems are sold directly to
independent  telephone  companies in the United States.  Mitel  distributes  the
balance of its Systems  product line  through  selected  VARs and OEM  (original
equipment manufacturers) customers.

         Mitel  sells its  SMART-1  line of network  access  solutions  in North
America through selected  distributors  and direct accounts,  which in turn sell
such products to carriers and alternate carriers.


                                       14
<PAGE>

Europe

         Mitel markets its Systems  products  under  distribution  agreements in
several countries in Europe.  The most significant market in terms of revenue is
the  United  Kingdom.  In the United  Kingdom,  Mitel  sells its  communications
equipment to large multinational enterprises through a direct sales organization
(Mitel Solutions Division) to end customers but also indirectly through selected
distributors and dealers. In the United Kingdom,  Mitel serves principally large
corporate customers with specific strengths in the high-end lodging,  utilities,
financial  and  professional  services and  publishing  industries.  In order to
extend Mitel's distribution access to smaller,  medium-sized enterprises,  Mitel
has created an indirect distribution channel over the last few years.

         In  addition,  Mitel  markets its line of remote  access  products to a
number of post, telephone and telegraph companies in Europe.

         Mitel further expanded its distribution  channel across Europe,  Middle
East and Africa during Fiscal 1999 principally  through the iMagination  product
family which management  believes is very well suited for indirect  distribution
targeted at the small to medium-sized enterprise market. This product technology
has been  combined  with edge  routing  technology  to allow Mitel to launch the
Kontact in Europe. This product comprises a fully featured PBX with an ISDN edge
router  and a LAN Hub to  offer  a  fully  converged  all-in-one  solution.  The
iMagination product was launched in October 1998.

         The Systems products,  combined with the remote access product line and
Mitel's  continuing  CTI  initiatives,  will allow  Mitel to continue to grow an
IT-centric   distribution   channel  in  line  with   planned   future   product
developments.

         Mitel sells its  SMART-1  line of  alternate  network  access  products
directly to key  accounts in the United  Kingdom.  Such  products  are also sold
through distributors to other customers in the United Kingdom and, increasingly,
in continental Europe as the carrier markets are deregulated. The carrier market
addressed by these  alternate  network access  products is highly  influenced by
regulation, tariff structures and can be impacted by the consolidation of common
carriers.

Other Markets

         Mitel   markets  its   communication   products   directly   and  under
distribution  agreements in China and other Asia/Pacific  countries,  the Middle
East, Africa, South and Central America, Mexico and the Caribbean.

         Mitel sells its SMART-1 line of network  access  solutions  products in
Japan  through  selected  distributors,  which in turn  sell  such  products  to
carriers and alternate carriers.

Mitel Semiconductor

         The principal customers for Mitel's semiconductors are customer premise
and  network  communication  equipment   manufacturers.   Mitel's  semiconductor
products are also marketed to data  communications  suppliers as the integration
of computing and telecommunications  continues. Mitel sells its products in over
100  countries,   through  a  network  of  50  independent  representatives  and
distributors and through a dynamic direct sales force. Representatives generally
have strong  relationships with and interact directly with end customers.  These
representatives assist with the design of customer solutions incorporating Mitel
products,  which are then supplied through distributors.  The direct sales force
is comprised of major account  teams that target  specific  large  customers for
both custom wafer design and standard product deliveries.

         The primary markets for the Semiconductor  group's products are growing
and  technologically-evolving   industries.  The  telecommunications  equipment,
computer  network  server and medical  devices  industries  represent  major end
markets  for  Semiconductor.  Management  believes  that these  industries  will
provide revenue growth  opportunities  to Mitel during Fiscal 2000. In addition,
management believes


                                       15
<PAGE>

Semiconductor's  revenue  growth will be supported by various  factors that have
continued to drive demand for  telecommunications  equipment and infrastructure.
In particular, deregulation of telecommunications services worldwide has allowed
new  operators  and service  providers  to be  licensed,  most of which need new
equipment and  facilities.  The  emergence of these new operators  has, in turn,
intensified the competitive  environment,  frequently forcing existing operators
and service  providers to  accelerate  their  capital  spending  plans.  The low
penetration of telephone  service in emerging  countries is also a strong driver
for  wireless  as  well  as  wired  communications,  which  management  believes
increases  demand  for the  Company's  integrated  circuits  for  communications
applications.

         The Company  believes  that one of its  competitive  advantages  is the
expertise of its applications  groups, which are located in central locations in
the United Kingdom, the United States,  Canada,  Brazil,  Singapore and Japan to
serve the customer  bases in Europe,  North  America,  South America and the Far
East, respectively.  The applications groups assist OEMs in designing their next
generation products using Mitel components.  Mitel has a strong record of design
wins and of attracting  customers'  solicitation of design ideas. The design win
cycle  starts when Mitel and/or its  representatives  identify a need for one of
its standard  communications  products which meets certain  specifications  in a
customer's  equipment  design.  Once  Mitel's  product is selected for a design,
Mitel generally is assured of providing the  semiconductor for the product until
the  product  is no longer  manufactured.  The  additions  to the  semiconductor
product lines through the purchase of Plessey have been  integrated into Mitel's
sales channels worldwide.

North America

         Mitel's semiconductor  products (other than ASICs and foundry services)
are  sold  through   representatives  of  manufacturers  and  distributors  and,
increasingly, directly to OEMs. Mitel's sales representatives, who deal directly
with the end  customer,  assist with the design of systems  incorporating  Mitel
products.  These products are then supplied  through  Mitel's  distributors.  To
enhance sales,  major account teams target specific large customers for standard
product deliveries.  Design centers (strategically located close to the customer
base in San Jose, Irvine and San Diego,  California for West Coast customers and
in Kanata,  Ontario,  Canada for East Coast  customers),  provide ASIC services.
Foundry  services are provided from sales offices in San Diego,  California  and
Bromont, Quebec, Canada, with technical support from Bromont.

Europe

         Following  the  acquisition  of Plessey,  sales of Mitel  semiconductor
components in Europe have been made primarily  through its direct sales channel.
Semiconductor has implemented a global strategic  account program,  the focus of
which is the development of multinational partnerships. Management believes that
the European  market is similar to the North  American  market in that  customer
premise and network communications  equipment segments utilize products from the
Company's  entire  portfolio.  Distributors  play a very  important  role in the
European region and management believes that their share of the overall business
will  increase  over  the next  year  due to the  desire  of many  customers  to
consolidate  their  logistical  demands.   Semiconductor  maintains  technically
qualified  sales teams across the entire region and supports them with a team of
highly  skilled  applications   engineers  based  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The
headquarters of the sales operation is in Swindon,  U.K. An additional  facility
in Paris, France provides ASIC design and sales support for Southern Europe.

Other Markets

         The  Asia/Pacific  area  is  a  major  geographical  market  for  Mitel
semiconductor  products, with China, Korea, Japan, Taiwan and Malaysia being the
largest markets. Mitel's semiconductor products are also sold in Australia, Hong
Kong,  Thailand,  New Zealand,  Singapore and the Philippines and the Company is
expanding into other emerging markets in Asia Pacific, such as India.


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Mitel  maintains  regional  headquarters  in  Singapore  and offices in
Japan,  Taiwan, Korea and China for semiconductor  products.  Over 60 percent of
sales in these areas are achieved through representatives and distributors.  The
sales offices provide a service linking  customers,  local  representatives  and
applications  support groups intended to assist OEMs in designing  products with
Mitel components.  Management believes that such activities provide a technology
exchange that helps increase  Mitel's  sales,  while at the same time helping to
develop the local  economy.  As is the case in North  America and Europe,  Mitel
provides ASIC design services locally through the design center in Tokyo.

Competition

Mitel Communications Systems

         The market for Systems products is characterized by rapid technological
change,  evolving standards and regulatory  developments.  Many of the Company's
competitors and potential  competitors  have greater  financial,  technological,
manufacturing, marketing and personnel resources than the Company. Moreover, the
drive towards the convergence of voice and data has also led to the emergence of
a new category of competitors,  big and small,  which focus  exclusively on this
market.

         In addition to Mitel,  the major  suppliers  of PBX  equipment  include
Nortel Networks  Corporation  ("Nortel  Networks"),  Lucent  Technologies  Inc.,
Siemens AG  ("Siemens"),  NEC America  Inc.  ("NEC") and Fujitsu  America,  Inc.
Moreover,  Mitel is also competing with traditional  data giants,  such as Cisco
Systems Inc.  ("Cisco") and 3Com  Corporation  and smaller niche players such as
Vertical Networks, Inc. which offer server-based communications systems (with or
without  Internet  Protocol  capabilities)  generally  targeted  to the small to
medium enterprise/branch office market.

         The principal factors of competition in the market sectors addressed by
Mitel include product  performance,  price,  reliability,  ease of expansion and
enhancement,  future  product  strategy and support of evolving  networking  and
computer  telephony  open  standards.  Management  believes that Mitel's  target
customers  also  regard  the ease with  which  they can do  business  with their
suppliers as an increasingly important factor in the selection process.

         Management  believes that Mitel compares  favorably with respect to the
foregoing  factors  against its  competitors,  some of which are larger and have
more  resources  than Mitel.  Mitel has been a  significant  PBX supplier to the
under-100 line segment of the market in North America since the early 1980s.  In
this  segment,  Mitel  competes  with  hybrid key systems  manufacturers,  other
manufacturers  of used and new PBX products and  manufacturers  of  server-based
"all-in-one" communications systems, "un-PBXs" and "LAN PBXs".

         The  Company's  basic PBX  hardware  business  has  experienced  and is
expected to continue to experience a price-driven  competitive phase, typical of
a commodity  product,  as equipment  replacement  cycles  continue to slow down.
However,  Mitel has attempted to provide its PBX customers with an  "intelligent
evolution"  from digital to  broadband  technology  by designing  communications
systems  building  blocks that are modular and easily  upgradable.  Furthermore,
Mitel has recently announced the next step in the Company's  converged voice and
data  networking  strategy  by  unveiling  its  "No  Compromise"   position  for
delivering robust enterprise Internet protocol telephony solutions.

         According to Phillips InfoTech, based on calendar 1998 market research,
as of December  31,  1998,  Mitel held  approximately  8.4% of the total  United
States PBX market and was placed fifth  overall in market  share.  Lucent,  with
approximately  32.7% and Nortel,  with  approximately  28.0%,  are the  dominant
suppliers in the United States.

         Mitel's prime  competitor in Canada in the PBX market is Nortel,  which
enjoys  a  dominant  supplier  position  with  many  of the  Canadian  telephone
companies  through the Stentor  Alliance.  The Stentor  mandate has been changed
over the last few months since Bell Canada Enterprises formed Bell Nexxia.  Bell
Nexxia has been formed to sell Bell Canada services and products  outside of the
traditional  territory of Ontario and


                                       17
<PAGE>

Quebec.  Mitel  currently  sells the SX-200 and the SX-2000  through most of the
telephone  companies in Canada,  most  recently  signing an agreement  with Bell
Canada to sell the SX-2000.  As of December 31, 1998,  Mitel held  approximately
25.5% of the total Canadian PBX line market,  according to estimates provided by
Phillips InfoTech, based on calendar 1998 market research.

         In the Asia/Pacific  PBX market,  most major  communications  equipment
suppliers have a presence and competition is intense.  Management  believes that
Mitel  compares  favorably  to  the  competition  in  terms  of  price,  product
performance and after-sale service provided by its appointed local distributors.

         Leading  communications  equipment suppliers to the European PBX market
include  Alcatel  Alsthom  Compagnie  ("Alcatel"),  Siemens,  Robert Bosch GmbH,
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson ("Ericsson"), Philips Electronics NV and Nortel.
In the United  Kingdom  market,  Mitel's main  competitors  are Nortel,  selling
through British Telecommunications plc, Siemens and Ericsson.

         For  network  access  solutions,  competition  varies by market  and by
application  (voice or fax),  because the worldwide long distance calling market
is in transition as a result of deregulation  and  consolidation of carriers and
the rise of a new breed of carriers which offer  cost-competitive  long distance
rates using Voice over IP-enabled networks

         Mitel's  prime  competition  in the remote  access  market is primarily
internetworking  companies  such  as  Cisco  and  Ascend  Communications,   Inc.
("Ascend"), now a subsidiary of Lucent . While Cisco and Ascend continue to lead
in  their   respective   markets,   Mitel  has   created   its  own  niche  with
internetworking  products  designed  to meet  the new  and  emerging  voice/data
convergence  market   particularly  for  advanced   compression  and  encryption
technologies.

         The U.S.  rural central  office  market is dominated by two  suppliers:
Nortel and Siemens Stromberg  Carlson.  The switching market is sensitive to new
technology  evolution.  Internationally,  the  rural  central  office  market is
dominated  by  large,  multinational  corporations,  such as  Alcatel,  Siemens,
Ericsson,  Nortel, NEC and Lucent. Most suppliers generally offer equipment with
comparable technical functionality. The principal competitive factor for success
in the international  market is the strength of the financial assistance package
associated  with the  projects,  a factor that has  limited and may  continue to
limit Mitel's international opportunities in the central office market.

Mitel Semiconductor

         Competition in the semiconductor  market is intense,  with new entrants
and ever increasing  functionality due to integration and a focus on end product
cost reduction.  The market for Mitel's semiconductor  products is characterized
by  rapid  technological   change  and  evolving  standards.   Many  of  Mitel's
competitors and potential  competitors  have greater  financial,  technological,
manufacturing,  marketing and personnel  resources than the Company. To minimize
the  effects  of   competition,   Semiconductor   produces  very  few  commodity
semiconductor  products  and  focuses  instead  on  non-commodity,   specialized
products that are  proprietary  in design and are often  designed for a specific
application or customer. The commodity products are used to stabilize production
volumes in the plants by regulating price and lead time. Semiconductor primarily
designs and markets proprietary  products that are sold to many customers in the
wired, wireless,  ASIC and optoelectronic segments of the communications market.
Competition is based  principally  on design  expertise,  product  availability,
service and support and  management  believes  that Mitel's  sales  channels and
applications  support compare favorably to those of its competitors.  Mitel also
competes by offering a focus on intellectual property in communications  systems
and a high level of system integration capabilities.

         Within the wired segment, Dallas Semiconductor  Corporation,  Level One
Communications Inc., PMC-Sierra Inc. and Conexant Systems, Inc. ("Conexant") are
the main competitors in North America for Mitel's  semiconductor  products.  The
principal  competition  for the  semiconductor  business in Europe comes from ST
Microelectronics, Inc. ("ST-Micro") and California MicroDevices Corp. for analog
components and from


                                       18
<PAGE>

Siemens for digital  components.  Competitive  pressure in other  regions,  most
notably  the  Asia/Pacific  area,  comes  from most of the  large  semiconductor
manufacturers.

         In the wireless  segment,  system  integration and global standards are
the main driving  forces.  The Company's  principal  competitors in this segment
include Philips International BV, Conexant, Harris Corporation and Lucent.

         The  Semiconductor  ASIC line competes in two broad areas,  analog ASIC
and digital ASIC products.  For analog ASIC  products,  global  competitors  are
Austria Mikro Systeme  International AG in Austria and Orbit  Semiconductor Inc.
in North America.  For digital ASICs, the main  competitors  leverage their CMOS
process  technology IE0.25 and 0.18 micron.  The principal  competitors  include
Texas Instruments Inc., LSI Logic Corporation ("LSI") and Toshiba Corporation.

         In the  optoelectronic  segment,  competitors  in the LED and PIN diode
business sectors include Hewlett Packard Company,  Honeywell Inc.,  Epitaxx Inc.
and AMP Inc. in North  America and Siemens in Germany.  Currently,  Honeywell is
the only known competitor for VCSEL products.

Manufacturing

Mitel Communications Systems

         Mitel's systems products are manufactured in Canada,  the United States
(see  the  discussion  below)  and the  United  Kingdom.  Mitel's  manufacturing
operations  in all locations  concentrate  on quality,  cost and delivery,  with
special attention paid to constant process  improvement.  All of Mitel's systems
manufacturing  facilities and their quality  management systems are certified to
the strict standards established by the International  Standards Organization of
Geneva, Switzerland ("ISO").

         On  March  1,  1999,   the  Company   announced   plans  to  phase  out
manufacturing  operations  in  its  Ogdensburg,  New  York  facility.   Products
currently  manufactured  in Ogdensburg  will migrate to facilities in Canada and
the United Kingdom by the end of July 1999. The Company's repair operations will
remain in Ogdensburg.

         The Company continues to invest in manufacturing  related  technologies
that aim to improve production yields, productivity and overall product quality.

         Mitel  purchases  substantially  all of the  parts and  components  for
assembly of its Systems  products  from a large  number of  suppliers  through a
coordinated  world-wide  sourcing  process.  Mitel also  obtains  certain of the
semiconductors  required in its  Systems  manufacturing  from the  Semiconductor
group.  Mitel's suppliers are subject to audit by the Company on a regular basis
and are required to meet the  Company's  strict  standards  with regard to cost,
quality and delivery and performance.  The highest level of achievement  against
these  standards  results in the  attainment of "Certified  Supplier"  status by
those involved in this program. No single supplier accounts for more than 10% of
the  Company's  total  purchases  and to date,  Mitel  has not  experienced  any
significant manufacturing delays relating to the availability of material.

Mitel Semiconductor

         The   Company   manufactures   its   semiconductor   products   in  six
manufacturing facilities in Canada, the United Kingdom and Sweden. The selection
of the manufacturing sites for semiconductors generally is dependent on the type
of semiconductor to be manufactured and the required process and technology.

         Mitel's   foundry   operations   also   offer   specialty    technology
manufacturing  to  customer   specifications.   By  building  on  the  Company's
mixed-signal integrated circuit manufacturing expertise,  Mitel can offer unique
features that are not widely available and address niche markets,  such as those
for low and  high-voltage  processes,  double-poly  technology,  high  precision
resistors and charged coupled devices. The Custom Wafer


                                       19
<PAGE>

Foundry  business  serves a growing base of customers  both in the United States
and Europe by performing  sub-contract  manufacturing  of silicon wafers.  Mitel
views the  business as a means of  enhancing  its  manufacturing  facilities  to
perform at near or full  capacity  with a diversified  set of  applications  and
hedging against market trends in any one segment.  Mitel intends to increase the
foundry business in Bromont, Quebec, Canada and in the Plymouth,  United Kingdom
facility to ensure world-class manufacturing operations.

         The Bromont  manufacturing  facility in Canada uses CMOS technology for
digital and  mixed-signal  products.  Two production lines are maintained at the
Bromont  facility.  The first  line is a 150 mm line  capable  of 0.5 micron but
currently  operating  0.8 micron up to 4.0 micron  processes.  In addition,  the
Bromont facility has a 100 mm line capable of 3.0 to 9.0 micron processes.  Most
of Bromont's wafer production is probed and tested at the Company's  facility in
Kanata, Ontario, Canada, with some low volumes probed in Bromont.

         Thick-film  hybrid  microcircuits  are  manufactured  at the  Company's
facility in Caldicot, Wales, United Kingdom.

         The  Company's  manufacturing  facility  in  Plymouth,  U.K.  possesses
leading-edge CMOS technology for digital and mixed-signal  products.  Plymouth's
200 mm production  line is capable of 0.6 and 0.35 micron  processes and its 150
mm production  line is capable of 0.8 micron  processes and above.  The Swindon,
United   Kingdom   manufacturing   facility  uses  bipolar   technology  for  RF
applications.  The  facility's  100 mm  production  line is being  converted  to
produce 150 mm wafers, which is expected to be completed in the fall of calendar
1999. The Lincoln,  United Kingdom manufacturing  facility produces 38 mm wafers
for  power-related  products and the facility's 100 mm production  line for ICs,
using  CMOS,  Silicon-on-Sapphire  and  quartz  technologies,  is capable of 1.0
micron to 5.0 micron processes.  See discussion of Discontinued Operations under
Recent Events.

         Optoelectronic  components  are also produced at the  Jarfalla,  Sweden
facility using gallium arsenide processes.

         All of Mitel's semiconductor manufacturing facilities and their quality
management systems are certified to the strict standards established by the ISO.

Research and Development

         During Fiscal 1999, gross R&D expenses,  including depreciation related
to R&D, totaled $175.7 million, compared to $92.4 million during Fiscal 1998 and
$61.5 during Fiscal 1997.  During Fiscal 1999, the Company qualified for funding
related to eligible R&D expenditures as described in Note 17 of the notes to the
consolidated  financial  statements and Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Mitel Communications Systems

         Mitel's current Systems R&D programs fall into the following areas:

         o        continuing  support for its installed  base of PBX  customers,
                  remote access customers and existing  distribution channels in
                  terms of new functionality and new connectivity;

         o        integrated messaging systems;

         o        the  series of  proprietary  sets  including  a remote set for
                  teleworking;

         o        transitioning  the existing PBX and sets  platforms from their
                  current  proprietary   architectures  to  an  open  NT  server
                  platform and USB interface to PCs;

         o        developing new generation convergence technology solutions and
                  enabling  technologies  based on TAPI/CSTAPI,  JTAPI standards
                  ranging  from  PC  boards,   connection  control  software  to
                  complete  Windows/NT-based  PC server  platforms  that provide
                  integrated  PBX  and  unified  messaging  functions  to  small
                  businesses;

         o        in  conjunction  with data network  companies,  pioneering new
                  data compression and encryption  algorithms to enhance network
                  performance and security over low speed remote access networks


                                       20
<PAGE>

                  and the  deployment  of real-time  voice across data  networks
                  applying  new  technologies  to work  over  broadband  ATM and
                  switched ethernet LANs;

         o        continuing  support of the  GX5000  small  central  office and
                  developing advanced alternate network access products for ISDN
                  remote access;

         o        continued  development  of an ISDN small PBX for the  European
                  market and development of PC ISDN interface cards for the U.K.
                  home market; and

         o        improving Mitel's manufacturing processes.

Mitel Semiconductor

         Mitel's current  Semiconductor  R&D programs are primarily  directed at
developing  intellectual  property  in  the  areas  of IC  process  development,
communications ICs,  optoelectronic  components,  ASIC design libraries,  System
Level Integration ("SLI" or "System-On-A-Chip") and high power semiconductors.

         Mitel's  process  development  efforts  are  focused  on  mixed  signal
processes  and yield  improvements  in both Mitel's CMOS and bipolar  processes.
Communications R&D programs include development of intellectual  property in the
areas of ATM, analog line cards, network timing functions,  Wide Area Network or
WAN chips,  switching and voice  processing  functions,  wireless areas of CDMA,
paging, wireless LANs and set top box communications chips.  Optoelectronics R&D
activity is focused on  enhancing  Mitel's  market  position in VCSELs and array
VCSELs  for LAN  applications  in  addition  to  development  of  optoelectronic
integrated  circuits  or OEICs.  Mitel's  ASIC unit  continues  to invest in the
development of digital  libraries for advanced deep  sub-micron  CMOS designs as
well as increased design capacity. Analog ASIC development continues to focus on
low power, high reliability  advances for medical and space applications.  Mitel
continues  to invest in the  development  of SLI  techniques  to improve time to
market for both digital and mixed signal applications.

         Mitel  maintains  standard  product design centers in Kanata,  Ontario,
Canada;  Jarfalla,  Sweden  and San  Diego,  California  in the  United  States;
Caldicot,  Swindon,  Lincoln and Boreumwood in the United Kingdom.  In addition,
Mitel  maintains  process  development  centers  in  each  of its  manufacturing
facilities.

Proprietary Rights

         The Company owns many patents and has made  numerous  applications  for
patents  relating  to  communications   and  semiconductor  and   optoelectronic
technologies.  Management believes that the ownership of patents is an important
factor in exploiting  associated inventions and for providing protection for its
patentable technology in the areas referred to above.

         The "MITEL"  trademark and the Mitel  corporate  logo are registered in
Canada and the United States and have been registered in certain other countries
where Mitel  conducts  business.  Most of the  Company's  other  trademarks  are
registered or applications for registration have been filed in various countries
where  management has determined such  registration to be advisable.  Management
believes  that the  Company's  trademarks  are  valuable  assets  and  generally
supports  applications  for  registration  for  marks  in  countries  where  the
assessment  of  potential  business  related to the sale of products or services
associated with such marks justifies such action.

         The  Company  also owns other  intellectual  property  rights for which
registration  has not been  pursued.  In  addition  to  applying  for  statutory
protection for certain  intellectual  property rights, the Company takes various
measures  to  protect  such  rights,  including  maintaining  internal  security
programs and requiring certain nondisclosure and other provisions in contracts.

         As  is  the  case   with  many   companies   doing   business   in  the
telecommunications  industry, it is necessary or desirable from time to time for
the Company to obtain  licenses  from third parties  relating to technology  for
Mitel's  products and processes.  No current license is considered by management
to be material to the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  or results of
operations.


                                       21
<PAGE>

Government Regulation

         PBXs are considered customer premise equipment. Although the CPE market
in the United States is not regulated, certain developments, which are described
below, have changed the United States telecommunications  market. On February 1,
1996,  the United States  Congress  passed the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996.
Management  believes  that the  legislation  will  continue  to  accelerate  the
convergence of the  communications,  information  and  entertainment  industries
while intensifying competition within those industries. This legislation removes
the line of business  restrictions  on the  Regional  Bell  Operating  Companies
("RBOCs")  and  allows the RBOCs to enter the  manufacturing  sector at the time
they are allowed into long  distance  markets.  For the first three  years,  any
manufacturing  by an RBOC must be  conducted  through a separate  affiliate  and
procurement from the subsidiary must be on a non-discriminatory  basis. While it
is not improbable  that an RBOC will  eventually  meet the minimum  criteria for
entry  into the long  distance  market  and  thereby  become  eligible  to begin
manufacturing,  it appears  unlikely,  at this time,  that the majority of RBOCs
will commence both such activities in Fiscal 2000.

         Although  there can be no  assurance,  management  does not expect that
such legislation will have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations  in Fiscal 2000, in light of the existing  competitive  conditions in
the United States market and the significant conditions required to be satisfied
by the RBOCs under such legislation before they can commence manufacturing.

         The second  development  is a proposed  regulation by the United States
Federal  Communications  Commission  ("FCC") which will impose certain  enhanced
"911" application requirements on CPE manufacturers. Certain states have already
imposed such  requirements and the Federal  government is poised to do likewise.
The  telecommunications  industry is advocating a proposed  settlement  that, if
adopted,  would be favorable to CPE manufacturers,  including Mitel, with regard
to these proposed  regulations.  The benefits to Mitel from the settlement would
result  principally from the availability of certain  exemptions with respect to
lower line sizes as well as  positive  grandfathering  provisions.  The State of
Illinois is likewise adopting favorable aspects of the industry's position as it
amends its statute with respect to E-911.  Illinois is in the forefront of state
efforts in this regard.

         The FCC also imposes  installation and equipment  standards for CPE and
requires that all CPE marketed in the United  States be  registered  with it and
comply  with these  standards.  The Company  believes  that it is  currently  in
compliance with these requirements in all material respects.

         The United States government promulgated  regulations,  which came into
effect on  November  1,  1998,  regarding  accessibility  of  telecommunications
equipment  and  customer  premises  equipment,  pursuant  to Section  255 of the
Telecommunications  Act  of  1996.  Although  there  can be no  assurance,  such
regulations  were  anticipated  by Mitel and  management  believes  that ongoing
compliance  with such  regulations,  as they are  phased  in,  should not have a
material adverse effect on the results of Mitel's operations in Fiscal 2000.

         The Company  cannot now  anticipate  what impact such  legislation  and
regulations may have on the results of its operations beyond Fiscal 2000 or what
further regulatory changes will occur in the communications equipment market and
the competitive environment as a consequence of actions by the legislature,  the
FCC or the courts.

         The  Canadian   Radio-television  and   Telecommunications   Commission
("CRTC")   is  the   regulatory   agency  in  Canada   governing   most  of  the
telecommunications  industry.   Currently,  the  CPE  market  in  Canada  is  an
unregulated  market and Canadian  carriers do not need CRTC approved  tariffs in
order to sell terminal equipment.

         The  liberalization  of  access  to  telecommunications   networks  and
competition in  telecommunications  services in the European Union has proceeded
at a steady pace through  initiatives of the Member  States,  as well as through
deregulation  initiatives of the European  Commission.  The deregulatory process
has increased  competition  and opened  markets for  telecommunications  vendors
throughout Europe.


                                       22
<PAGE>

         Mitel's   Semiconductor   business   unit  is  neither   directly   nor
significantly  affected by current  government  regulation  or policy,  although
there can be no  assurance  that future  regulatory  changes will not affect the
Company's business, financial condition or results of operation.

Employees

         At May 28, 1999,  Mitel employed  approximately  6,157  persons.  As at
March  26,  1999,  Mitel  employed   approximately  6,216  persons  compared  to
approximately  6,335 persons at the end of Fiscal 1998,  approximately  4,095 at
the end of  Fiscal  1997  and  approximately  3,867 at the end of  Fiscal  1996.
Approximately 36% of the Company's  employees are located in Canada,  43% in the
United Kingdom,  15% in the United States, and 6% throughout the other locations
in which Mitel operates.  Mitel considers its relationship with its employees to
be excellent.

         Certain of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining
agreements or are members of a labor union. In the United States,  approximately
297 service technicians employed by MCS are unionized, substantially all of whom
are represented by the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW").
The  Communications  Workers of America  ("CWA")  represents two of such service
technicians in New York City.  MCS completed its most recent labor  negotiations
with the IBEW and CWA in October and December, 1997, respectively. The Company's
agreements  with such unions expire  between  September and November,  2000. The
terms and  conditions  of such  agreements,  which  management  considers  to be
competitive  in the industry,  provide for  cost-of-living  wage  increases on a
periodic basis throughout the three year term plus area wage differentials where
appropriate.  Management considers the Company's relationship with the unions in
the United States to be good.  There are no pending  grievances at this time and
any past disputes were not considered by management to be material.

         In  the  United   Kingdom,   approximately   280   employees  of  Mitel
Semiconductor  Limited are  unionized.  The unions  representing  the  employees
include the Amalgamated  Electrical and  Engineering  Union,  the  Manufacturing
Science  and  Finance  Union  and  the  Transport  and  General  Workers  Union.
Negotiations  are held  annually in July.  Management  considers  the  Company's
relationship with the unions in the United Kingdom to be good.

         In Sweden, approximately 234 employees are represented by three unions.
The Metall Industriarbetarforbundet union represents approximately 36 production
employees; the Svenska  Industriarbetarforbundet  union represents approximately
153  office  professional  employees;  and  the  Civilingenjorsforbundet   union
represents  approximately  45 other  professional  or "white collar,  university
educated" employees.  It is common practice in Sweden for the national unions to
negotiate  minimum  standards  with the employer  association,  supplemented  by
additional terms negotiated by the local branches. Each of the agreements is for
a term of three years and expire on January 31, 2001.  Management  considers the
Company's  relationship  with the unions in Sweden to be good.  See also "Recent
Events".

Backlog

         Mitel's order backlog from  continuing  operations as at March 26, 1999
was $179.8  million  compared to $221.3  million at March 27,  1998.  Management
expects that most of the  Company's  current  backlog will be filled  within the
current fiscal year.  Backlog is not  necessarily a sales outlook for the month,
quarter or year,  as orders are  frequently  booked and shipped  within the same
fiscal month.

Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors

         Certain statements in this section and in other sections of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995 that are  based on  current
expectations,  estimates  and  projections  about  the  industries  in which the
Company operates, management's beliefs and assumptions made by management. Words
such as "expects," "anticipates,"


                                       23
<PAGE>

"intends,"  "plans,"  "believes,"  "seeks,"  "estimates"  and variations of such
words and similar  expressions  are  intended to identify  such  forward-looking
statements.  These  statements  are not  guarantees  of future  performance  and
involve  certain risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  which are difficult to
predict.  Therefore,  actual  outcomes  and results may differ  materially  from
results forecast or suggested in such  forward-looking  statements.  The Company
undertakes  no  obligation to update  publicly any  forward-looking  statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

         Such risks,  uncertainties and assumptions  include,  among others, the
following:  increasing  price and  product/service  competition  by foreign  and
domestic competitors,  including new entrants; rapid technological  developments
and changes; the ability to continue to introduce  competitive new products on a
timely,  cost-effective  basis;  delays  in  product  development;  the  mix  of
products/services;  changes in  environmental  and other  domestic  and  foreign
governmental   regulations;   protection   and  validity  of  patent  and  other
intellectual  property  rights;  import  protection  and  regulation;   industry
competition;  industry  capacity and other industry  trends;  the ability of the
Company to  attract  and retain key  employees;  demographic  changes  and other
factors  referenced in this Form 10-K. The above factors are  representative  of
the risks,  uncertainties  and assumptions  that could affect the outcome of the
forward-looking  statements.  In addition,  such statements could be affected by
general  industry and market  conditions and growth rates,  general domestic and
international  economic conditions including interest rate and currency exchange
rate fluctuations and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions,  including the
following:

Foreign Exchange and Interest Rate Exposure and Concentration of Credit Risk

         Because substantial portions of the Company's sales, costs of sales and
other expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, U.K. pounds sterling and several
other currencies, the Company's results of operations are subject to the effects
of exchange  rate  fluctuations  of those  currencies  relative to the  Canadian
dollar.  Changes in currency  exchange rates may also affect the relative prices
at which  the  Company  and its  competitors  sell  their  products  in the same
markets.  The Company uses financial  instruments,  principally forward exchange
contracts,  in its  management  of foreign  currency  exposures on estimated net
foreign  currency cash  requirements  and on certain  significant  transactions,
generally over the ensuing 12 to 18 months.  All foreign exchange  contracts are
marked to market and the resulting gains and losses are deferred and included in
the  measurement of the related  transactions  when they occur.  These contracts
primarily  require the Company to purchase and sell certain  foreign  currencies
with or for Canadian dollars at contractual rates.

         A  substantial  amount of the  Company's  long-term  debt is subject to
variable interest rates. The Company uses interest rate swap contracts to manage
the interest rate risk. Payments and receipts under interest rate swap contracts
are recognized as  adjustments to interest  expense on a basis that matches them
with the related  fluctuations  in the  interest  receipts  and  payments  under
floating financial assets and liabilities.

         Several  major  financial   institutions  are   counterparties  to  the
Company's  financial  instruments.  It is the Company's  practice to monitor the
financial standing of the counterparties and limit the amount of exposure to any
one  institution.  The  Company  may be exposed to a credit loss in the event of
nonperformance  by the  counterparties  of  these  contracts.  With  respect  to
accounts receivable,  concentration of credit risk is limited due to the diverse
areas covered by the Company's  operations.  The Company has credit  evaluation,
approval and monitoring  processes  intended to mitigate potential credit risks.
Anticipated  bad debt loss has been  provided for in the  allowance for doubtful
accounts.

         The Company's operations could be adversely affected if it is unable to
guard against currency, interest and credit risks in the future. There can be no
assurance that foreign  currency and interest rate  fluctuations  or credit risk
will not have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.


                                       24
<PAGE>

Technological Changes; Necessity to Develop and Introduce New Products

         The markets for the  Company's  products are  characterized  by rapidly
changing  technology and evolving and competing industry  standards,  changes in
customers, emerging competition, frequent new product introductions and evolving
methods  used by carriers  and  business  enterprises  to manage  communications
networks.  The Company's future success will depend,  in part, on its ability to
use leading  technologies  effectively,  to  continue  to develop its  technical
expertise,  to maintain close working  relationships with its key customers,  to
develop new products that meet changing  customer needs, to advertise and market
its products and to influence  and respond to changing  industry  standards  and
other technological changes on a timely and cost-effective basis.

         There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be  successful  in
effectively  developing or using new  technologies,  developing  new products or
enhancing its existing  products on a timely basis or that such new technologies
or  enhancements  will  achieve  market  acceptance.  The  Company's  pursuit of
necessary  technological  advances may require  substantial time and expense and
there can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in adapting its products
or business to alternate technologies. Failure of the Company, for technological
or other  reasons,  to develop and introduce  new or enhanced  products that are
compatible  with  industry   standards  and  that  satisfy  customer  price  and
performance  requirements  would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

         In  addition,  the  Company's  competitors  may offer  enhancements  to
existing  products or offer new products based upon new  technologies,  industry
standards  or  customer  requirements,  that have the  potential  to  replace or
provide lower cost  alternatives to the Company's  products,  which could render
the Company's existing and future products obsolete, unmarketable or inoperable.
There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to develop new products
to  compete  with  new  technologies  on a timely  basis or in a  cost-effective
manner. See "Business--Research and Development."

Competition

         The  markets  for the  Company's  products  are also  characterized  by
intense competition. With the development of the worldwide communications market
and the growing demand for related equipment, numerous manufacturers such as the
Company have emerged to offer  products for these  markets in  competition  with
traditional  communications  equipment  suppliers.   Competition  could  further
increase if new  companies  enter the market or if existing  competitors  expand
their product lines or upgrade existing products to accommodate new technologies
and features.  Many of the Company's  current and potential  competitors  have a
longer operating  history and greater  technical,  manufacturing,  financial and
marketing resources than the Company and, as a result, may be able to adapt more
quickly or devote  greater  resources  to changing  technological  requirements,
customer  demands and market trends.  Increased  competition may result in price
reductions,  reduced gross margins and loss of market share,  any of which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and  results of  operations.  The Company  believes  that its ability to compete
successfully  depends  upon  elements  both  within  and  outside  its  control,
including  successful and timely  development of new products and  manufacturing
processes,  product  performance and quality,  manufacturing  yields and product
availability,  customer services,  pricing, industry trends and general economic
trends.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will  continue to compete
successfully as to these factors. See "Business--Competition."

Environmental Regulators

         The Company is subject to a variety of  federal,  state and local laws,
rules and regulations related to the discharge or disposal of toxic, volatile or
other  hazardous  chemicals  used in its  manufacturing  process.  Although  the
Company  believes that it has complied with these laws, rules and regulations in
all material  respects  and to date has not been  required to take any action to
correct  any  noncompliance,  the  failure  to  comply  with  present  or future
regulations  could result in fines being  imposed on the Company,  suspension of
production  or a cessation of  operations.  Such  regulations  could require the
Company to acquire significant


                                       25
<PAGE>

equipment or to incur  substantial  other expenses to comply with  environmental
regulations.  Any failure by the Company to control the use, disposal or storage
of or adequately  restrict the discharge of, hazardous  substances could subject
the Company to future  liabilities  and could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory Requirements

         The sale of certain of the Company's  Systems  products may be affected
by  governmental  regulatory  policies,  the  imposition of carrier  tariffs and
taxation of  telecommunications  services.  These policies are under  continuous
review and are subject to change.  Regulatory  authorities may prohibit sales of
products  that fail to comply with these  regulations  until the  Company  makes
appropriate  modifications.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be
successful in obtaining or maintaining  the necessary  regulatory  approvals for
its  products and its failure to do so could have a material  adverse  effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         In  the  United  States,  regulatory  policies  are  likely  to  have a
significant impact on the competitive environment in which the Company operates.
The Telecommunications  Act of 1996 and associated regulatory  developments will
eliminate  or modify  many  regulatory  restrictions  in the  telecommunications
market.  Deregulation may facilitate the increasingly  competitive  offerings by
communications  services  providers.  In  addition,  RBOCs are now  permitted to
manufacture  and sell  telecommunications  equipment  under certain  conditions.
Given the  substantial  resources  and large  customer  base of the  RBOCs,  the
Company could face  competition  from these companies  should they satisfy these
conditions    and    elect   to    manufacture    networking    products.    See
"Business--Competition" and "--Governmental Regulation."

Significant International Operations

         Approximately  95% of the  Company's  sales in Fiscal 1999 were derived
from sales in markets outside Canada and 50% outside North America.  The Company
expects  sales from  foreign  markets to  continue to  represent  a  significant
portion of total sales.  The Company  operates six  manufacturing  facilities as
well as sales and technical support service centers in Europe and Asia.  Certain
risks are inherent in international  operations,  including exposure to currency
exchange  rate  fluctuations,  political  and  economic  conditions,  unexpected
changes in  regulatory  requirements,  exposure to  different  legal  standards,
particularly  with respect to  intellectual  property,  future import and export
restrictions,  difficulties in staffing and managing operations, difficulties in
collecting receivables and potentially adverse tax consequences. There can be no
assurance that the above factors will not have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Year 2000

         See "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Year 2000".

European Union and the Euro

         See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis - European  Union and the
Euro".

Dependence on Key Personnel

         The Company's  future  success  depends to a significant  extent on the
continued  service of its key  technical  and  management  personnel  and on its
ability to  continue  to attract and retain  qualified  employees,  particularly
those  highly  skilled  design,  process  and  test  engineers  involved  in the
development of mixed signal  products and processes.  The  competition  for such
personnel is intense. The loss of the services of the Company's employees or the
Company's failure to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel could have
a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition or
results of operations.  The Company does not have any employment agreements with
its employees.


                                       26
<PAGE>

Intellectual Property Protection

         The Company's  success and future revenue growth will depend,  in part,
on its  ability  to  protect  its  intellectual  property.  The  Company  relies
primarily on patent,  copyright,  trademark  and trade  secret laws,  as well as
nondisclosure   agreements   and  other  methods  to  protect  its   proprietary
technologies  and  processes.  There can be no assurance that such measures will
provide  meaningful  protection for the Company's  proprietary  technologies and
processes.  The Company has been issued many patents  principally  in the United
States, Canada and the United Kingdom and has filed numerous patent applications
in such jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that any patent will issue from
these applications or future applications or, if issued, that any claims allowed
will be  sufficiently  broad to protect the Company's  technology.  In addition,
there  can be no  assurance  that any  existing  or future  patents  will not be
challenged,  invalidated or  circumvented  or that any right granted  thereunder
would provide meaningful protection or competitive advantage to the Company. The
failure of any patents to provide  protection to the Company's  technology would
make it easier for the  Company's  competitors  to offer similar  products.  The
Company also generally enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees
and strategic  partners and generally controls access to and distribution of its
documentation and other proprietary information.  Despite these precautions,  it
may be  possible  for a third  party  to copy or  otherwise  obtain  and use the
Company's  products,  services  or  technology  without  authorization,  develop
similar  technology  independently  or design around the Company's  patents.  In
addition,  effective  copyright,  trademark and trade secret  protection  may be
unavailable or limited in certain  foreign  countries.  Certain of the Company's
customers have entered into agreements  with the Company  pursuant to which such
customers  have the right to use the  Company's  proprietary  technology  in the
event the Company  defaults in its contractual  obligations,  including  product
supply  obligations,  and fails to cure the default within a specified period of
time. Moreover,  the Company often incorporates the intellectual property of its
strategic customers into its design and the Company has certain obligations with
respect to the non-use and non-disclosure of such intellectual  property.  There
can  be  no   assurance   that  the  steps  taken  by  the  Company  to  prevent
misappropriation or infringement of the intellectual  property of the Company or
its customers will be successful.  Moreover,  litigation may be necessary in the
future to enforce the Company's  intellectual  property  rights,  to protect the
Company's  trade secrets or to determine  the validity and scope of  proprietary
rights of others,  including  its  customers.  Such  litigation  could result in
substantial  costs and  diversion of the  Company's  resources  and could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

Intellectual Property Claims

         The  segment  of  the  telecommunications   market  that  includes  the
Company's  products has been  characterized  by extensive  litigation  regarding
patents  and  other   intellectual   property  rights.   As  is  common  in  the
telecommunications  industry,  the  Company  has been in the past and may in the
future be  notified  of claims  that its  products  or  services  are subject to
patents or other  proprietary  rights of third  parties.  Although  the  Company
attempts  to  ensure  that its  products  and  processes  do not  infringe  such
third-party  patents  or  proprietary  rights,  there can be no  assurance  that
infringement or invalidity claims (or claims for indemnification  resulting from
infringement  claims)  will not be asserted or  prosecuted  against the Company.
Periodically,  the Company  negotiates  with third  parties to establish  patent
license or cross-license  agreements.  There can be no assurance that current or
future   negotiations  will  result  in  the  Company  obtaining  a  license  on
satisfactory  terms or at all.  Moreover,  license agreements with third parties
may not include all intellectual  property rights that may be issued to or owned
by the licensors and thus future disputes with these companies are possible.  In
the event an  intellectual  property  dispute is not settled  through a license,
litigation could result. Any litigation or interference proceedings could result
in substantial expense to the Company and significant diversion of effort by the
Company's technical and managerial  personnel.  An adverse determination in such
litigation or proceeding could prevent the Company from making, using or selling
certain of its  products and subject the Company to damage  assessments,  all of
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  financial
condition and results of operations.


                                       27
<PAGE>

Acquisitions

         Since 1996, the Company has made strategic acquisitions. In the future,
the Company may make further  strategic  acquisitions  and  investments or enter
into  joint  ventures  or  strategic   alliances  with  other  companies.   Such
transactions entail many risks, including the following:  inability to integrate
successfully  such  companies'  personnel and  businesses;  inability to realize
anticipated  synergies,  economies of scale or other value  associated with such
transactions;   diversion  of  management's  attention  and  disruption  of  the
Company's  ongoing  business;  inability to retain key technical and  managerial
personnel;  inability to establish  and maintain  uniform  standards,  controls,
procedures  and policies;  and  impairment of  relationships  with employees and
customers as a result of the integration of new personnel.  In addition,  future
acquisitions  or  investments  by the  Company  may  result in the  issuance  of
additional  equity  or  debt  securities,  significant  borrowings,  significant
one-time  write-offs  and the creation of goodwill or other  intangible  assets.
Failure  to  avoid  these  or  other  risks   associated   with  such   business
combinations,  investments,  joint ventures or strategic  alliances could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

Other Factors

         The Company  further  cautions  that the factors  referred to above and
those  referred to as part of particular  forward-looking  statements may not be
exhaustive  and that new risk  factors  emerge  from time to time in its rapidly
changing business.

Item 2.   Properties

         Mitel owns two facilities in Canada:  one in Bromont,  Quebec,  Canada,
totaling 107,000 square feet ("sf"),  used for  semiconductor  manufacturing and
one in Kanata,  Ontario,  Canada,  totaling  641,000  sf.  The  Kanata  facility
consists of four interconnected buildings: one building totaling 160,000 sf used
for   manufacturing   and  three   buildings   totaling   481,000  sf  used  for
administration, R&D, integrated circuit design and testing.

         The  Company  owns  four  facilities  in  the  United  Kingdom:  one in
Portskewett, Wales, United Kingdom, totaling 279,000 sf, that is used for hybrid
ICs and  systems  manufacturing  and  administration;  one in  Swindon  totaling
168,000 sf used for wafer fabrication, design, sales and administration;  one in
Lincoln totaling 181,000 sf used for wafer fabrication, test and design; and one
in Plymouth  totaling  200,000 sf used for wafer  fabrication  and  design.  The
Company  also owns a 333,000 sf facility in Jarfalla,  Sweden,  that is used for
semiconductor manufacturing, R&D and administration.

         The Company leases a 45,500 sf building in Kanata, Ontario, Canada that
is used for R&D and occupies 62,000 sf of leased space in Ogdensburg,  New York,
United States, that is used for manufacturing.

         The  Company  leases and  operates  79  regional  facilities,  totaling
530,000 sf, primarily dedicated to sales and distribution,  service, warehousing
and  customer  training.  A  geographical  breakdown of these  facilities  is as
follows:  Canada, nine locations totaling 26,000 sf; United States, 46 locations
totaling 269,000 sf; United Kingdom,  14 locations  totaling 204,000 sf; France,
one location  totaling  3,800 sf; Japan,  two locations  totaling 5,400 sf; Hong
Kong, one location totaling 4,400 sf ; Singapore,  two locations  totaling 9,200
sf; Taiwan,  two locations  totaling 4,100 sf; and Korea, two locations totaling
3,600 sf.

         See "Business--Manufacturing" for additional information concerning the
Company's manufacturing facilities.

         Management  believes  the  Company's  facilities  are  adequate for its
business needs for the foreseeable future.


                                       28
<PAGE>

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

         Mitel is a defendant  in a number of lawsuits  and party to a number of
other proceedings that have arisen in the normal course of its business.  In the
opinion of the  Company's  in-house  legal  counsel,  any monetary  liability or
financial  impact of such  lawsuits  and  proceedings  to which  Mitel  might be
subject  after final  adjudication  would not be  material  to the  consolidated
financial position of the Company or the results of its operations.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters To a Vote of Security Holders

         None.

                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Common Share Information

Principal Markets

                            COMMON SHARE INFORMATION

PRINCIPAL MARKETS

The Toronto  Stock  Exchange and the New York Stock  Exchange are the  principal
markets on which the Company's shares are traded.  The shares are also listed on
the Montreal and London Stock Exchanges.  The Company's shares were first listed
on the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  on August  13,  1979 and on the New York Stock
Exchange on May 18, 1981.  The stock symbol of the Company's  shares is MLT. The
following  table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the common  shares
for each quarter of the last two fiscal years.

Toronto Stock Exchange
(Canadian Dollars)
                                      1999                       1998
                             ----------- -----------    ----------- ------------
                                High        Low            High         Low
                             ----------- -----------    ----------- ------------

1st Quarter                    $23.5500    $18.4000       $ 8.2000     $ 6.6000
2nd Quarter                    $21.8000    $15.0000       $10.9500     $ 7.1000
3rd Quarter                    $16.8000    $10.1500       $13.0000     $10.0000
4th Quarter                    $14.5500    $ 9.9000       $19.2000     $10.5500

New York Stock Exchange
(U.S. Dollars)
                                      1999                       1998
                             ----------- -----------    ----------- ------------
                                High        Low            High         Low
                             ----------- -----------    ----------- ------------

1st Quarter                    $16.1875   $ 12.6875       $ 6.0000     $ 4.7500
2nd Quarter                    $14.8750   $  9.6875       $ 7.9375     $ 5.1875
3rd Quarter                    $10.8750   $  6.5625       $ 9.3125     $ 7.1250
4th Quarter                    $ 9.4375   $  6.4375       $13.5000     $ 7.3125

SHAREHOLDERS

There were 4,769 common shareholders of record as at May 6, 1999.


                                       29
<PAGE>

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has not declared or paid any  dividends on its common shares and the
Board of Directors  anticipates  that,  with the  exception  of preferred  share
dividend  requirements,  all available  funds will be applied in the foreseeable
future to finance growth, and to improve the Company's  competitive position and
profitability.

Pursuant to the terms of the $2.00 Cumulative  Redeemable  Convertible Preferred
Shares, 1983 R&D Series (Preferred Shares - R&D Series), the Company will not be
permitted to pay any dividends on common shares unless all dividends  accrued on
the preferred shares have been declared and paid or set apart for payment.

Pursuant  to the  terms  of the  credit  agreement  described  in note 11 to the
consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to maintain a minimum
net worth,  thereby limiting the amount of dividends that could be paid out. The
preferred shares dividend does not violate this covenant. Since the Company does
not anticipate any dividends on its common shares,  the covenant is not expected
to have an impact on the dividend policy.

Dividends  paid by the  Company to common  shareholders  not  resident in Canada
would generally be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25 percent
or such lower rate as may be provided under  applicable tax treaties.  Under the
Canada - United States tax treaty,  the rate of  withholding  tax  applicable to
such  dividends  paid to  residents of the United  States would  generally be 15
percent.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

         (in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

         The  following  table  is  derived  from  the  consolidated   financial
statements  included  elsewhere  herein,  which have been prepared in accordance
with accounting  principles  generally accepted in Canada (Canadian GAAP). These
principles also conform,  in all material respects,  with accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP), and the requirements of the
SEC,  except as more fully  described in note 25 to the  consolidated  financial
statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                       (at the end of  fiscal  year  for  balance  sheet data)
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
Canadian GAAP                                                      1999         1998         1997          1996         1995
                                                                ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Income Statement Data:
  Revenue                                                          $1,310.4     $  881.4     $  695.5      $  576.4    $  589.4
  Gross margin percentage                                               46%          48%          48%           48%         44%
  Gross research and development expense                              175.7         92.4         61.5          46.5        44.9
  Net income from continuing operations                                40.5         92.0         38.0          51.0        31.8
  Net income                                                           26.2         91.9         38.0          51.0        31.8
  Net income per common share from continuing operations               0.33         0.82         0.32          0.45        0.27
  Net income per common share
     Basic                                                             0.20         0.82         0.32          0.45        0.27
     Fully diluted                                                     0.20         0.80         0.32          0.44        0.27
  Weighted average common shares outstanding                          114.0        107.8        107.3         105.9       105.6
Balance Sheet Data:
  Working capital                                                  $  337.0     $  245.9     $  206.3      $  210.3    $  208.4
  Total assets                                                      1,300.3      1,252.0        584.8         517.1       440.6
  Current portion of long-term debt                                    37.6         40.3         14.8          11.2         9.0
  Long-term debt                                                      276.5        379.6         43.0          39.6        34.5
  Pension liability                                                    13.2         12.2         11.3          12.1           -
  Shareholders' equity
       (including redeemable preferred shares)                        647.3        435.5        339.5         302.8       263.0

                                                                                  Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                       (at the end of fiscal year for balance sheet data)
                                                               ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
U.S. GAAP and SEC Requirements                                     1999         1998         1997          1996         1995
                                                               ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
Income Statement Data:
  Net income from continuing operations                            $    4.9     $   90.0     $   41.0      $   56.9    $   59.0
</TABLE>


                                       30
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                       (at the end of fiscal year for balance sheet data)

                                                               ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
U.S. GAAP and SEC Requirements                                     1999         1998         1997          1996         1995
                                                               ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
  Net income (loss)                                                    (9.4)        89.9         41.0          56.9        59.0
  Net income per common share from continuing operations               0.01         0.80         0.35          0.51        0.53
  Net income (loss) per common share
     Basic                                                            (0.11)        0.80         0.35          0.51        0.52
     Diluted                                                          (0.11)        0.80         0.35          0.50        0.52
Balance Sheet Data:
  Working capital                                                  $  328.2     $  278.2     $  208.4      $  213.5    $  205.8
  Total assets                                                      1,278.9      1,250.0        595.0         517.1       440.6
  Redeemable preferred shares                                          34.4         34.4         34.4          34.4        35.8
  Shareholders' equity
     Common shares                                                    772.4        606.0        599.2         596.5       595.6
     Contributed surplus                                                2.5          2.5          2.5           2.5         2.6
     Deficit                                                         (221.6)      (209.0)      (292.9)       (330.7)     (384.3)
     Translation account                                               28.2          5.8          2.5           3.3        10.6
</TABLE>

See note 21 to the  consolidated  financial  statements  for a discussion on the
effect of the discontinued operations on Fiscal 1999 and 1998 results.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results
        of Operations

         (in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

The  following  discussion  and analysis  explains  trends in Mitel's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  for the fiscal year ended March 26, 1999
compared with the two previous fiscal years. This discussion is intended to help
shareholders  and other readers  understand the dynamics of Mitel's business and
the key factors  underlying its financial  results.  The consolidated  financial
statements,  notes to the consolidated  financial  statements and  supplementary
information  constitute  an integral  part of and should be read in  conjunction
with  this  management's  discussion  and  analysis.  Readers  may  wish to make
reference to the glossary of terms on page 22 of the Annual  Report to assist in
their  understanding of this  discussion.  Net income for the three fiscal years
ended March 26, 1999,  March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997 as  determined  by U.S.
accounting  principles is detailed and discussed in note 25 to the  consolidated
financial statements.

Overview of Recent Significant Events

Mitel has  completed  four  acquisitions  since  August 1997.  Two  acquisitions
occurred  during Fiscal 1998 and the others were completed  mid-way  through the
first  quarter of Fiscal  1999.  The most  significant  transaction  occurred on
February  12,  1998  when  Mitel  acquired   GEC-Plessey   Semiconductors  Group
("Plessey"),  an  international  semiconductor  company  serving  primarily  the
communications and media markets.  The other  acquisitions  related to the Mitel
Communications  Systems  ("Systems")  business  group.  The  acquisitions by the
Systems group centered on remote access technologies, advanced voice and unified
messaging  solutions,   and  ISDN  business  products  for  the  small-to-medium
enterprise  market.  Mitel is focused on integrating and streamlining  these new
businesses  to  accelerate  its  strategy  of  providing  new  products  for the
convergence of telephony, data, and other media technologies.

The Plessey  operations  included a business  segment known as the Lincoln Power
and Automotive  ("Lincoln")  group.  Management began an evaluation of Lincoln's
operations at the time of acquisition in light of its position  outside  Mitel's
strategic focus on  communications.  Following an extensive  strategic review of
Mitel's  semiconductor  operations,  management  formalized a plan at the end of
Fiscal  1999 to sell or  otherwise  exit the  Lincoln  operations.  Accordingly,
Lincoln was  reclassified  as a discontinued  operation in the fourth quarter of
Fiscal 1999 and will  continue to be reported as such until the group is sold as
a going concern or otherwise  disposed of, an event which management  expects to
occur within the next twelve months.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  1999,   Mitel  revised  its  estimated
amortization  periods for intangible  assets,  consistent with evolving industry
practices. Such measure will allow Mitel's assets to be in better alignment with
the  technological  and  competitive  dynamics of the  communications  industry.
Management  regularly  reviews  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  acquired
intangibles in addition to any related asset impairment.


                                       31
<PAGE>

Management believes the reduced  amortization time period, to two years from the
previous  estimate of five to fifteen years,  better reflects the estimated time
to market advantage achieved by the recent acquisitions.

During  the fourth  quarter  of Fiscal  1999,  Mitel  also  implemented  certain
rationalization plans,  described elsewhere in this management's  discussion and
analysis,  and  realized  gains  related  to the sale of  certain  semiconductor
technology  assets.  The net pre-tax charge to Mitel's operations as a result of
these actions amounted to $10.1.

On July 23,  1998,  Mitel  repaid  $123.1  against  the U.S.  dollar  term loans
incurred in connection with the Plessey acquisition.  The repayment was required
under  terms of the  associated  credit  agreement  as  proceeds  of $172.0 were
received from an equity  offering.  Accordingly,  a proportionate  amount of the
related  deferred  debt issue costs and  deferred  foreign  exchange  losses was
recorded as additional  interest  expense in the second  quarter of Fiscal 1999.
This non-cash expense reduced net income from continuing  operations by $7.2, or
$0.06 per share.

Results of Operations

Mitel's  business is global and  comprises the design,  manufacture  and sale of
networked systems and specialty  semiconductor  products for the  communications
industry.  Mitel  operates  through  two  reportable  business  segments - Mitel
Communications  Systems and Mitel Semiconductor  ("Semiconductor").  Mitel sells
its products through both direct and indirect channels of distribution.  Factors
affecting the choice of distribution,  among others,  include end-customer type,
the level of  product  complexity  and  integration  requirements,  the stage of
product  introduction,  geographic presence and location of markets,  and volume
levels.  Mitel's  strategy  is centered on  developing  strong  microelectronics
technology and advancing people-to-people communications in an open, distributed
and standards-based environment.

Mitel   Communications   Systems  provides   enterprises  with  voice  and  data
communications systems; complete private networks,  including remote teleworking
solutions;  unified  messaging  and  call-center  applications;  CTI systems and
applications;  and it also supplies  competitive  carriers  with public  network
access products. All of Mitel's service revenue relates to Systems.

Mitel Semiconductor  provides connectivity  solutions for the communications and
medical industries with a product range which includes components for both wired
and wireless  networks;  microelectronics  for enabling the convergence of voice
and data;  optoelectronic  devices for high-speed  Internet systems;  and, also,
applications-specific  integrated  circuits  ("ASICs") for medical  applications
such as pacemakers and hearing-aids.

Mitel's  revenue  reached a record high in Fiscal 1999 due to recently  acquired
businesses  and to strong  Systems  sales in Europe  and  North  America.  Total
revenue grew by 49 percent from Fiscal 1998.  By business  group,  Semiconductor
revenue from continuing operations grew by 77 percent and Systems revenue was up
33 percent  from the previous  year.  The  Semiconductor  growth rate was mainly
attributable  to the inclusion of sales of the former Plessey  group,  which was
acquired in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1998, for the full fiscal year in 1999.
Higher sales volumes of PBX systems, telephone sets and alternate network access
products and the effects of consolidating  recent acquisitions drove the Systems
revenue growth.


                                       32
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1999       1998         1997
                                                                                ----------------------------------
                                                                                    (millions of Cdn dollars)
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>          <C>
            Consolidated revenue                                                  $ 1310.4    $ 881.4      $ 695.5
            Systems segment revenue                                               $  752.7    $ 566.8      $ 474.5
            Semiconductor segment revenue                                         $  557.7    $ 314.6      $ 221.0

            Net income from continuing operations                                 $   40.5    $  92.0      $  38.0
            Net income per common share from continuing operations                $   0.33    $  0.82      $  0.32

            Net income                                                            $   26.2    $  91.9      $  38.0
            Net income per common share                                           $   0.20    $  0.82      $  0.32

            Adjusted Net Income                                                   $   80.2    $  93.8      $  51.7
            Adjusted Net Income per common share                                  $   0.67    $  0.84      $  0.45
</TABLE>

Adjusted Net Income excludes the impact of amortization of acquired intangibles,
special charges (net),  non-cash debt issue and other costs expensed on an early
partial debt repayment, and discontinued  operations.  Although not a substitute
for net income or net income per common share,  management utilizes Adjusted Net
Income and Adjusted Net Income per common  share as a  supplementary  measure to
assess financial performance.

Net Income
The lower net income in Fiscal 1999 compared to Fiscal 1998 was primarily due to
incremental  amortization  charges of $14.7,  or $0.13 per share,  arising  from
revisions  in the  estimated  useful  lives of  acquired  intangibles  to better
reflect the time to market  advantage  expected by  management  from the related
acquisitions. In addition, Mitel recognized an estimated loss of $16.3, or $0.14
per share, on the planned disposal of the Lincoln operations, upon adoption of a
formal plan to exit that business  segment.  Mitel also implemented plans in the
fourth quarter of Fiscal 1999 to rationalize  certain of its Systems operations,
partially offset by a gain on the sale of certain  non-strategic  technology and
other assets to result in a net charge of $10.1, or $0.09 per share.  Net income
was also  negatively  impacted  in  Fiscal  1999 due to a charge  to  continuing
operations of $7.2, or $0.06 per share,  representing a proportionate  amount of
debt issue and other costs  expensed in  connection  with an early  partial debt
repayment in the second quarter of Fiscal 1998. The early repayment was required
to be made under the terms of a credit  agreement  out of the proceeds  received
from the July 1998 equity offering.

Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted Net Income,  as defined above,  was lower in Fiscal 1999 than in Fiscal
1998 by $13.6, or $0.17 per share.  The reduction in Adjusted Net Income was due
to increased  interest  expense of $20.0,  or $0.18 per share, on the syndicated
term loans entered into to acquire Plessey, the effects of reduced semiconductor
sales in the  Asia/Pacific  region,  increased  amortization and excess capacity
associated with the additional Plessey  microelectronics  fabrication facilities
("fabs"). Adjusted Net Income per common share was also negatively impacted by a
higher  number of weighted  average  common shares  outstanding.  Mitel issued 8
million  additional  shares  through  an equity  offering  in July  1998.  These
factors,  which  contributed  to the lower  Adjusted Net Income,  were partially
offset by the strong Systems performance in North America and Europe.

Unless otherwise noted, the following  discussion pertains to Mitel's continuing
operations.


                                       33
<PAGE>

REVENUE

Business Segment Review

Mitel Communications Systems

(millions Cdn$)                    1999          1998           1997
                               ---------------------------------------
Systems revenue                   $ 652.9       $ 484.8        $ 404.0
     Products                        99.8          82.0           70.5
                               =======================================
     Service                        752.7       $ 566.8        $ 474.5
                               =======================================

Compared to Fiscal 1998,  Systems product revenue in Fiscal 1999 increased by 35
percent,  from  $484.8 to $652.9,  due to higher  sales  volumes of SX-2000  and
SX-200 systems,  including the associated pull-through of system sets, increased
shipments of alternate network access products and additional  revenues from the
advanced  messaging  and ISDN PBX  businesses  acquired in the first  quarter of
Fiscal 1999.

U.S.  indirect  channel sales  benefited from  increased  demand by the small to
medium sized business  segment for Mitel's SX-200 ML and SX-200 EL switches.  In
addition,  Mitel launched a new line of telephone sets in early Fiscal 1999 that
also produced  additional  revenue.  U.S.  direct  channel sales  benefited from
increased  installations of new systems as well as from upgrades in the existing
customer base.

With respect to Europe,  sales  increased in Fiscal 1999 due to strong growth in
new  system  sales  and  system  upgrades  sold to the  installed  base,  and to
continued higher demand for Mitel's alternate  network access products.  Service
revenue grew mainly due to the managed  service  business in the United  Kingdom
where  telecom  product-related   services  are  channeled  through  outsourcing
companies.

Systems sales into the Asia/Pacific  region continue to be adversely affected by
the ongoing effects of weakened  economies and intense price competition in that
region.

In proportion to total revenue,  Systems service revenue  decreased to 8 percent
of total revenue compared to 9 percent of total revenue last year. This decrease
is mainly due to the effects of consolidating Plessey which is comprised of only
product revenue.  Management  expects that service  revenue,  as a percentage of
total  revenue,  will continue to decrease in future  periods due to the growing
significance of product sales in relation to total sales.

Fiscal 1998 total Systems revenue  increased by 19 percent to $566.8 from Fiscal
1997's  revenue of $474.5.  The revenue  growth was due to increased  demand for
alternate  network access products,  higher SX-2000 and SX-200 sales through the
U.S. indirect channel and incremental sales of remote access products.

Mitel Semiconductor
As a percentage of total revenue,  semiconductors  accounted for 43 percent,  36
percent and 32 percent, respectively, in fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997.

(millions Cdn$)                    1999          1998           1997
                               ----------------------------------------

Semiconductor revenue            $ 557.7        $ 314.6       $ 221.0
                               ========================================

Semiconductor  revenue from continuing operations in Fiscal 1999 increased by 77
percent from Fiscal 1998  principally  due to the effects of  consolidating  the
operations of Plessey, acquired in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1998. Management
believes the Plessey acquisition has significantly  enhanced Mitel's operations,
technologies and product portfolio.  The Plessey acquisition also provided Mitel
with enhanced  market  penetration in Europe,  resulting in an increase in total
revenues generated in Europe by 50 percent from last year. This acquisition also
had the effect of  reducing  the  proportion  of total  revenue  recorded in the
United


                                       34
<PAGE>

States from 46 percent in Fiscal 1998 to 45 percent in Fiscal 1999.

Excluding  the  growth  resulting  from  the  Plessey  acquisition,   Mitel  has
experienced  certain  pricing  pressures in addition to reduced  demand from the
Asia/Pacific  region  and other  emerging  regions,  such as Latin  America  and
Eastern  Europe,  due to the prevailing  adverse local economic  conditions (see
further  discussion  under  "Other").  This recent  decline  and the  additional
manufacturing  capability  acquired  from  Plessey  combined to result in excess
capacity  in  Mitel's  fabs.  Management  undertook  a  strategic  review of its
operations and is taking the steps  necessary to consolidate the capacity levels
to achieve  better  utilization  of the fabs and to realize the synergies in the
combined  semiconductor  operations.  When Mitel acquired  Plessey,  the Company
recorded  provisions of $45.2 in respect of integration  costs.  The integration
costs  related to initial  estimates  to exit the Lincoln  Power and  Automotive
business segment, the transfer of redundant production activities from Sweden to
Plymouth,  U.K.,  and to  severance  costs  for  redundancies  in  the  acquired
semiconductor segment throughout the world.

At the end of Fiscal 1999,  following the  completion  of Mitel's  semiconductor
strategic   review,   Mitel   adopted  a  formal  plan  to  pursue   divestiture
opportunities related to the distinct and non-core operations of Lincoln, either
by sale as a going  concern  or by  closing  the  operations.  Accordingly,  the
operations   related  to  this  business  were  accounted  for  as  discontinued
operations.  An additional estimated after-tax loss of $16.3 on the expected and
ultimate disposal of Lincoln was recorded in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1999.

In May 1999,  Mitel reached an agreement with the relevant  Swedish Trade Unions
concerning the transfer of all semiconductor CMOS manufacturing  operations from
Sweden to Mitel's other more  technologically  advanced  fabrication  sites. The
proposed  transfer  affects  approximately  200  employees  in Mitel's  plant in
Jarfalla,  Sweden with the  program  expected  to be  completed  within the next
twelve  months.  The Swedish  operation  will operate as an IC fabless  facility
focused on the design,  marketing and sales of ASICs and as a  manufacturer  and
marketer of optoelectronic devices.

Mitel  continues  to evaluate  the adequacy of its  integration  and  redundancy
provisions  through  the  implementation  process  of  realizing  synergies  and
integrating recently acquired businesses.

Fiscal 1998 semiconductor  revenue increased over Fiscal 1997 by 42 percent as a
result of increased demand for the Company's  integrated circuits and thick film
hybrid products, primarily in the U.S. and Asia/Pacific regions, and the effects
of consolidating Plessey mid-way through the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1998.

Geographic Revenues

Revenue during the last three fiscal years, based on the geographic  location of
Mitel's customers, was distributed as follows:

(millions Cdn$)                              1999        1998         1997
                                          -----------------------------------
United States                               $ 589.1     $ 404.1      $ 312.6
Europe                                        428.6       286.6        228.8
Other regions                                 221.6       137.0        104.1
Canada                                         71.1        53.7         50.0
                                          ===================================
                                            $1310.4     $ 881.4      $ 695.5
                                          ===================================

For the year ended March 26,  1999,  the net  movement  in  exchange  rates from
Fiscal 1998 favorably impacted total revenue by 4 percent ($54.1) primarily as a
result of changes in the U.K. pound  sterling and U.S.  dollar  exchange  rates.
Fiscal 1998 revenue was favorably  impacted by 2 percent  ($19.4) as a result of
changes in the U.K. pound sterling and U.S. dollar exchange rates.


                                       35
<PAGE>

United States
Sales  into the  United  States  (1999 - $589.1;  1998 - $404.1;  1997 - $312.6)
increased by 46 percent in Fiscal 1999 over Fiscal  1998.  The increase was due,
in part, to higher SX-2000 systems and associated sets sales and to higher voice
messaging   solutions  revenue  resulting  from  the  acquisition  of  Centigram
Communications Corporation's Customer Premise Equipment business in May of 1998.
Higher Semiconductor  revenue also contributed to the growth in this region as a
result of including a full year of sales in Fiscal 1999 from the former  Plessey
operations.

Sales  increased  by 29 percent in the United  States in Fiscal 1998 over Fiscal
1997 principally due to the Systems  business.  Higher SX-2000 and SX-200 system
sales  through  the  indirect  channel and the  effects of  consolidating  sales
resulting from the August 1997 acquisition of Gandalf Technologies Inc.'s remote
access business drove most of the increase.

Europe
European  sales (1999 - $428.6;  1998 - $286.6;  1997 - $228.8)  increased by 49
percent in Fiscal 1999 over  Fiscal 1998 due to the effects of  including a full
year of the former  Plessey  group's  results.  Systems  revenue in this  region
increased on higher  alternate  network  access  products sold to  long-distance
carriers  and to higher  shipments  of SX-2000 and SX-200  systems in the United
Kingdom.

Fiscal 1998  revenue  into Europe  increased  by 25 percent  over Fiscal 1997 on
higher  alternate  network  access sales,  higher PBX system  sales,  and to the
effects of consolidating Plessey towards the end of Fiscal 1998.

Canada
Canadian  sales  (1999 - $71.1;  1998 - $53.7;  1997 -  $50.0)  increased  by 32
percent in Fiscal 1999 over Fiscal 1998 on higher  semiconductor  sales from the
former  Plessey  operations  and to higher  SX-200 and sets sales in the Systems
group.

The sales increase in Canada from Fiscal 1997 to Fiscal 1998 was 7 percent.

Other Regions
Sales into Other Regions (1999 - $221.6; 1998 - $137.0; 1997 - $104.1) increased
by  62  percent   principally  due  to  higher   semiconductor  sales  into  the
Asia/Pacific region which more than offset lower system sales in that area.

Fiscal  1998's  increase of 32 percent in sales into Other  Regions  over Fiscal
1997  was  due to  higher  IC  sales  in  Asia/Pacific  and to  the  effects  of
consolidating Plessey mid-way through the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1998.

GROSS MARGIN

As a percentage  of total  revenue,  total gross margin was 46 percent in Fiscal
1999, and 48 percent in Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997. The lower Fiscal 1999 gross
margin was negatively  impacted by a higher  proportion of  manufacturing  asset
amortization  expense  driven by the  recently  acquired  fabs,  in  addition to
reduced  margins  in some  Semiconductor  products  and to  certain  unfavorable
manufacturing  variances resulting from the fabs' excess capacity.  The positive
impacts  of higher  sales  volumes  of  Systems  products  helped to reduce  the
negative impact of lower semiconductor margins.

The Fiscal  1998 gross  margin  remained  stable  relative to Fiscal  1997.  The
positive  impact of higher sales volumes in systems and  semiconductor  products
and of efficiency  improvements in systems integration services helped to offset
lower average selling prices in certain Systems products in Fiscal 1998.


                                       36
<PAGE>

OPERATING EXPENSES

Selling and Administrative
Selling and administrative ("S&A") expenses from continuing operations in Fiscal
1999 were $332.9, or 25 percent of sales, compared with $246.0, or 28 percent of
sales,  in Fiscal 1998. In Fiscal 1997, S&A expenses were $220.9,  or 32 percent
of sales. S&A expenses from continuing  operations  decreased as a percentage of
sales  primarily due to revenue  growth and the inclusion of the former  Plessey
operations  where S&A expenses as a percentage  of sales were lower than Mitel's
historical  average.  The  improvement  was  partially  offset by the effects of
consolidating the recently-acquired advanced messaging and ISDN PBX businesses.

Fiscal 1998 S&A expenses from continuing operations decreased as a percentage of
sales  from  Fiscal  1997  primarily  due to  strong  revenue  growth,  spending
restraints applied to marketing  programs,  higher efficiencies and focus in the
sales  channels  and reduced  corporate  overhead  costs.  The  improvement  was
partially offset by the effects of integrating the former Plessey operations and
the other acquired remote access technology businesses.

Research and Development ("R&D")
R&D expenses from  continuing  operations  amounted to $149.8,  or 11 percent of
revenue, for the year ended March 26, 1999. This compares to $52.0 and $50.0, or
6 and 7 percent of revenue,  in the  respective  fiscal  years of 1998 and 1997.
These amounts were net of $23.7 (1998 - $40.7;  1997 - $11.9) in R&D  government
assistance, including ITCs. R&D increased due to the inclusion for a full fiscal
year of the results of  operations  of the former  Plessey  group where R&D as a
percentage of sales was higher than Mitel's  historical  average,  and to higher
spending in Mitel's other semiconductor operations.

(millions Cdn$)                       1999          1998           1997
                                  ------------------------------------------

R&D expenses                        $ 149.8        $ 52.0         $ 50.0
                                  ==========================================

Special Charges (net)
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1999,  Mitel recorded a net pre-tax  special
charge of $10.1 comprising actions to rationalize certain aspects of the Systems
group, net of a gain arising from the sale of certain  non-strategic  technology
and other assets.  The Systems  actions  reflected  efforts to streamline  North
American and European sales channels, and to transfer the network access product
manufacturing  operations  from North America to the United  Kingdom,  where the
majority of the sales are generated. Also included in the charge was the cost of
severance and related benefits,  with the majority of the reduction taking place
in the North American and Far East regions.  Approximately  100 people are to be
terminated as part of this rationalization  program. All of these activities are
expected to be  substantially  completed by December 1999. As at March 26, 1999,
$4.5 of severance, benefits, facilities and other costs had been paid.

Amortization of Acquired Intangibles
Amortization of acquired intangibles increased in Fiscal 1999 to $22.4 from $1.8
in Fiscal 1998. The estimated useful life of acquired intangibles was reduced to
two  years  from an  average  of five to  fifteen  years to better  reflect  the
estimated period of advantage achieved by Mitel's recent acquisitions, and to be
in line with evolving industry  practices.  The revision of the estimated useful
life  accounted for $14.7 of the total  increase.  The remainder of the increase
over Fiscal 1998  resulted from the advanced  messaging and ISDN PBX  businesses
acquired in the first quarter of Fiscal 1999.

INVESTMENT AND INTEREST INCOME
Investment  and  interest  income was $5.9 for the year ended  March 26, 1999 as
compared to $5.7 in Fiscal 1998 and $9.6 in Fiscal 1997.  Average cash  balances
and interest rates remained relatively stable to result in only a minor increase
in interest income over last year. The Fiscal 1998 decrease from Fiscal 1997 was
due to a gain  realized  from the sale of a  non-strategic  investment in Esprit
Telecom  (Jersey)  Ltd.  ("Esprit").  Esprit  was sold in  Fiscal  1997 for cash
proceeds of $3.7, representing a total gain of $3.6, or $2.4 after-tax.


                                       37
<PAGE>

INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest  expense from  continuing  operations,  including $7.2 of non-cash debt
issue and other costs  expensed in  connection  with the partial debt  repayment
described  below, was $30.7 for Fiscal 1999 compared to $7.2 and $2.4 for Fiscal
1998 and Fiscal 1997,  respectively.  The increase in interest resulted from the
term loans  incurred by the Company on February 12, 1998 in connection  with the
Plessey  acquisition.  On July 23, 1998,  Mitel repaid  $123.1  against the U.S.
dollar term loans.  Accordingly,  a proportionate amount of the related deferred
debt issue costs and deferred foreign exchange losses from continuing operations
($7.2) was  recorded as  additional  interest  expense in the second  quarter of
Fiscal 1999.

INCOME TAXES
Income tax  expense  for Fiscal  1999 was $17.5  compared to $30.5 and $20.6 for
Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997,  respectively.  The effective income tax rate, as a
percentage of pre-tax  income from  continuing  operations,  was 30 percent,  25
percent  and  35  percent  in  Fiscal   1999,   Fiscal  1998  and  Fiscal  1997,
respectively.  The increased effective tax rate in Fiscal 1999 was due to higher
non-deductible  intangible  asset  amortization,  partially  offset by permanent
differences  associated with European operations,  lower taxes in Canada arising
from higher  interest costs related to the term loans,  and to tax recoveries in
Sweden.  The Fiscal 1998 effective tax rate was lower than in Fiscal 1997 due to
a lower U.K. group tax position,  partially offset by higher  provincial  income
taxes in Canada.

BACKLOG
As orders are frequently booked and shipped within the same fiscal month,  order
backlog is not necessarily indicative of a sales outlook for the month, quarter,
or year.  This is most  true for  Systems  since  manufacturing  lead  times for
semiconductor  products  are  generally  longer  because  of the  nature  of the
production process. At March 26, 1999, order backlog from continuing  operations
was $179.8,  down from  $221.3 at March 27,  1998.  The  decrease in backlog was
attributable  to a  decrease  in  semiconductor  orders  arising  partly  from a
reduction in order lead times.  Most of the backlog is scheduled for delivery in
the next twelve months.

(millions Cdn$)                     1999          1998           1997
                                ------------------------------------------

Backlog                           $ 179.8        $ 221.3       $ 135.1
                                ==========================================

Compared  to Fiscal  1997,  the  increase  in backlog  of $44.7 from  continuing
operations at the end of Fiscal 1998 was mostly  attributable to the acquisition
of Plessey in the fourth quarter of that year and to increased Systems bookings.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Mitel had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances of $125.3 at
March 26, 1999  compared to $151.7 at March 27, 1998.  All of the March 26, 1999
cash  balance was held in either cash or highly  liquid  cash  equivalents.  The
decrease  of $26.4 was  mainly  due to the  first  quarter  acquisitions  of the
advanced messaging and ISDN PBX businesses which,  together,  amounted to $46.6,
and  charges  to  provisions  related  to  integration  costs  for  the  Plessey
operations, which were offset, in part, by net proceeds retained from the equity
offering completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 1999.

Mitel  has two  term  loans,  respectively  the  AXELsSM*  Series B loan and the
Tranche  A Term  Loan,  that  were  entered  into on  February  12,  1998 with a
syndicate of banks led by Goldman, Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as the syndication
agent and the Canadian  Imperial Bank of Commerce as the  administrative  agent.
The  principal  of the AXELs  Series B loan is payable  quarterly on a graduated
basis over five years and matures on December 2003. The principal of the Tranche
A Term Loan is  payable  quarterly  on a  graduated  basis  over five  years and
matures on February  2003.  The term loans bear interest at a variable  interest
rate based on the lower of a defined  base rate or the  London  Inter Bank Offer
Rate ("LIBOR")  plus a premium.  Mitel entered into an interest rate swap to fix
the base interest rate on a portion of each of the term loans. The interest rate
swap is considered to be an effective  hedge of the variable  interest  rates on
the  term  loans.  Mitel  is  subject  to  certain  restrictive   covenants  and
commitments and is required to maintain certain financial ratios for the purpose
of ensuring Mitel's ability to meet its obligations  under the credit agreement.
The term loans are subject to


                                       38
<PAGE>

mandatory prepayments out of certain insurance proceeds, and defined excess cash
flow  received by Mitel and in the event of asset sales (other than  inventory),
equity offerings or debt issuance by Mitel.  Mandatory prepayments range from 75
percent to 100 percent of the net cash  proceeds and would be paid on a pro-rata
basis  subject to certain  constraints  toward the senior  secured  term  loans.
Management  believes Mitel is in compliance with the obligations and restrictive
covenants under the credit agreement.

On July 23, 1998, Mitel,  through a syndicate of underwriters,  issued 8 million
common shares, at a price of $21.50 per share, for total proceeds of $172.0. Net
proceeds to Mitel were $164.1, of which $123.1 was applied to repay a portion of
the term loans.  The balance of the proceeds was retained for general  corporate
purposes.

Cash flow from  operations  before working  capital  changes  amounted to $166.3
during  Fiscal 1999  compared to $125.6 in Fiscal  1998.  Since March 27,  1998,
Mitel's working  capital,  as reflected in the  consolidated  statements of cash
flows,  increased by $123.2  primarily due to higher  receivables  and inventory
levels  related to the growth in the  business  and  payments  made  against the
Plessey integration provisions.  Mitel maintains a minimum of critical inventory
to ensure continuity of supply for its manufacturing  requirements.  Most of the
security supply inventory is carried at Mitel's semiconductor plants.

Fixed asset and other additions were $63.0 during Fiscal 1999 compared with $8.3
in the previous year, excluding additions of $22.7 and $50.9 financed by capital
lease for the two respective  periods.  The additions were primarily  related to
Semiconductor  manufacturing  capacity and  technology  enhancements  as well as
continuing improvements to Mitel's information technology resources.

Long-term debt decreased due to scheduled repayments of $9.6 and a prepayment of
$123.1 against the term loans (described above).

As at March 26, 1999, Mitel's capitalization was comprised of 32 percent debt, 4
percent  preferred  equity,  and 64 percent common  equity.  This compares to 49
percent debt, 4 percent  preferred  equity,  and 47 percent common equity at the
end of Fiscal 1998.

In addition to cash and cash equivalent balances of $125.3 as at March 26, 1999,
Mitel  has  an  unused  revolving   credit  facility  of  approximately   $110.7
(U.S.$73.5).

Management believes Mitel is in a position to meet all foreseeable business cash
requirements and debt service from its cash balances on hand, existing financing
facilities and cash flow from operations.

YEAR 2000

What is referred to as the Year 2000 problem ("Year 2000 problem") is the result
of computer  programs  being written using two digits rather than four to define
the applicable  year,  resulting in the  possibility  that computer  systems and
products  that have  date-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as
the Year 1900 rather than the Year 2000.  This could result in a system  failure
or miscalculations  causing  disruptions of operations,  including,  among other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions,  send invoices, or engage
in similar normal business  activities.  Mitel has been working on the Year 2000
problem since 1997. A dedicated Year 2000 Program  Management Office ("PMO") was
established  in February  1998 to address  compliance  both  externally,  to our
customers and suppliers, and internally for Mitel's business processes.  Mitel's
internal processes include network and communications  infrastructure,  business
software  applications,  manufacturing,   distribution,  facilities  management,
product development,  sales,  finance and human resources.  Management presently
believes that with  modifications to Mitel's existing  software and hardware and
conversions to new software, the Year 2000 problem can be mitigated. Despite the
extensive efforts dedicated to the Year 2000 Program,  there can be no assurance
that all Year 2000 date compliance  activities will be completed before problems
associated with the Year 2000 transition potentially occur.


                                       39
<PAGE>

Mitel has completed the  evaluation  of its major product  offerings,  including
current  and   discontinued   business   telephone   systems,   peripherals  and
applications.  The  majority of products  have been  classified  as compliant or
having compliant versions.

Mitel has established a three-phase Year 2000 Readiness  Program (the "Year 2000
Program") that addresses its key internal business processes and systems.  Phase
I was the Initial Assessment and included an overview of Mitel and an assessment
of its awareness and readiness for Year 2000. Consultants were engaged to assist
with this review and with any necessary remedial plans. Phase II was referred to
as the Discovery and Strategy and involved the  collection  and  assessment of a
comprehensive inventory of all internal information systems equipment as well as
a detailed  assessment of the  suppliers  deemed to be affected by the Year 2000
Problem.

The third and current phase is the  Implementation  and consists of  conversion,
testing and deployment of identified  mission  critical  systems as well as risk
and  contingency  management  activities.  Presently  the  majority  of  Mitel's
identified mission critical systems are Year 2000 ready. However, a small number
of  remediation  projects are dependent  upon  third-party  vendor  negotiations
currently underway with certain specified software and hardware  suppliers.  The
remaining  remediation  projects are awaiting  third-party software and hardware
upgrades, and are on schedule to be brought to a compliant status before the end
of June 1999. Mitel has started to address its non-mission  critical systems and
plans to have  the  majority  of these  systems  Year  2000  ready by the end of
calendar 1999. The integration  testing of internal  systems is also planned for
the spring of calendar  1999.  Mitel also  initiated an internal  audit  process
under  which  most of its  major  sites are being  visited  to ensure  corporate
guidelines and procedures are consistently applied.

Under its comprehensive Vendor Management Program,  initiated during Phase II of
the Year 2000 Program, Mitel is actively working with its suppliers to determine
the extent to which their  operations and the products and services they provide
are Year 2000 ready and to monitor their progress  toward Year 2000  capability.
The highest  priority is given to suppliers  that are critical to the  business.
The program includes awareness letters,  site visits,  questionnaires as well as
compliance  agreement  and  warranties.   Contingency  plans,  such  as  planned
increased  inventory  levels or  substitute  suppliers,  are being  developed to
address  issues  related  to  suppliers  that are not  considered  to be  making
sufficient progress in becoming Year 2000 capable in a timely manner.  Mitel has
also developed  contingency  plans to address possible changes in customer order
patterns due to Year 2000 issues.  Management  believes that Mitel  achieved its
target  to have all  "high  risk"  suppliers'  assessments  of their  Year  2000
readiness  completed and to have necessary  contingency  plans in place by March
31, 1999.  Contingency plans will be reviewed on a regular basis as Mitel learns
more about its  suppliers'  state of  readiness.  Mitel also  conducts  on-going
monitoring   of  local  utility   suppliers   and  is  presently   updating  its
comprehensive Disaster Recovery Plan to accommodate Year 2000 related issues.

Mitel also  initiated a  comprehensive  Distribution  Management  Program in the
fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  1999,  in order to assess  the Year  2000  state of
readiness  of its  distributors  in a manner  similar to its  Vendor  Management
Program.  The assessment phase is completed and contingency  plans are presently
being developed and should be completed by September 1999.

It is currently  expected  that the total  incremental  direct costs of the Year
2000 Program will not exceed $13.9.  Approximately $7.4 has been spent on direct
Year 2000 Program costs to date and was funded through operating cash flows. The
program  costs are  primarily  attributable  to the purchase of new software and
equipment  and do not  include  estimates  for  potential  litigation.  As Mitel
continues to assess the last phases of the Year 2000  Program,  estimated  costs
may change.

Based on currently available  information,  management does not believe that the
modifications  and  conversions  discussed  above,  related to Mitel's  internal
systems or products sold to customers,  will have a material  adverse  impact on
Mitel's business, financial condition or results of operations. However, if such
modifications  and  conversions  are not made,  or are not completed on a timely
basis,  the Year 2000 problem  could have a material  adverse  effect on Mitel's
business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  Management  believes
that the most  reasonably  likely worst case Year 2000 scenarios would relate to
third party  systems  rather than Mitel's  internal  systems or products.  Mitel
believes the risks are greatest with utilities (e.g. electricity supply, water),


                                       40
<PAGE>

telecommunications,  transportation  and  critical  suppliers  that are  outside
Mitel's control.

OTHER

Asia/Pacific Economic Risk
The  Asia/Pacific  region  encountered  unstable local economies and significant
devaluation in its currencies  during Fiscal 1998 and through Fiscal 1999.  This
region represented 13 percent of Mitel's revenue from continuing  operations for
the year  ended  March  26,  1999 and 11  percent  of  revenue  from  continuing
operations  in Fiscal  1998.  The majority of the  Asia/Pacific  sales relate to
Semiconductor  operations.  Asia/Pacific  receivables,  net  of  reserves,  were
approximately  2 percent of Mitel's  total assets as at March 26,  1999.  To the
extent the Asia/Pacific region grows in importance to Mitel, or that the factors
affecting  the region begin to adversely  affect  customers in other  geographic
locations,  Mitel's business, operating results and financial condition could be
adversely affected.

Foreign Currency Translation
Management periodically evaluates the financial and operational  independence of
its  foreign  operations  and the  resulting  accounting  classification  of the
foreign subsidiaries as self-sustaining enterprises. Should a foreign subsidiary
cease to be classified as  self-sustaining,  then translation gains or losses on
consolidating the foreign subsidiary's  financial statements would be charged to
operating income instead of a separate component of shareholders' equity.

European Union and the Euro
On January 1, 1999,  eleven of fifteen  member  countries of the European  Union
established  fixed conversion rates between their existing  currencies  ("legacy
currencies") and one common currency - the Euro. The Euro will trade on currency
exchanges and may be used in business  transactions.  The conversion to the Euro
eliminates  currency  exchange rate risk between the member  countries.  Mitel's
operating subsidiaries that are affected by the Euro conversion have established
plans to address the issues raised by the Euro currency conversion. These issues
include,  among  others,  the  need to adapt  computer  and  financial  systems,
competitive  impacts  of  cross-border  price  transparency,  and  recalculating
currency risk. Mitel does not expect any required system  conversion costs to be
material due to the existing ability to transact in multiple currencies.  Due to
significant  uncertainties,  Mitel  cannot  reasonably  estimate the effects one
common  currency  will have on pricing  and the  resulting  impact,  if any,  on
Mitel's financial condition or its results of operations.

Forward Looking Statements
Certain  statements  in this  management's  discussion  and analysis  constitute
forward-looking  statements.  Such forward-looking  statements involve known and
unknown  risks,  uncertainties,  and other  factors  which may cause the  actual
results,  performance  or  achievements  of Mitel,  or industry  results,  to be
materially  different  from any future  results,  performance,  or  achievements
expressed   or  implied  by  such   forward-looking   statements.   Such  risks,
uncertainties  and assumptions  include,  among others,  the following:  general
economic and business  conditions;  demographic  changes;  import protection and
regulation;   rapid  technology  development  and  changes;  timing  of  product
introductions;  the mix of  products/services;  industry  competition,  industry
capacity  and other  industry  trends;  and the  ability of Mitel to attract and
retain key employees.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

MARKET RISK

Market  risk  represents  the risk of loss  that may  impact  Mitel's  financial
statements  due to adverse  changes in  financial  markets.  Mitel is exposed to
market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. To manage
these  risks,  Mitel uses certain  derivative  financial  instruments  including
interest rate swaps,  forward  contracts and other  derivative  instruments from
time to time, that have been authorized pursuant to board-approved  policies and
procedures.  Mitel does not hold or issue  financial  instruments for trading or
speculative purposes.


                                       41
<PAGE>

Mitel  currently  uses  forward  contracts  to reduce  the  exposure  to foreign
exchange risk. The most significant  foreign exchange exposures for Mitel relate
to the United States dollar and the British pound. At March 26, 1999,  there was
a net fair value of $0.2  unrealized  loss on all  forward  contracts,  which is
calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  actual  contract  rates  and  the
applicable  rate that would be used to terminate the  contracts,  if that became
necessary. Additional potential losses in the net fair value of these contracts,
assuming a 10 percent depreciation in the U.S. dollar against all currencies, at
March 26, 1999, would have been approximately  $5.0. Because these contracts are
entered into for hedging  purposes,  management  believes  that these  potential
losses would be largely  offset by gains on the underlying  firmly  committed or
anticipated transaction.

Interest  rate swaps are used to manage the impact of interest  rate  changes on
earnings and cash flows and also to lower overall borrowing costs.  Mitel's main
exposure to interest rate risk relates to its United  States dollar  denominated
long term debt. Mitel monitors its interest rate risk on the basis of changes in
fair value.  Assuming a 10 percent downward shift in interest rates at March 26,
1999,  the  potential  loss in the net fair value of interest rate swaps and the
underlying hedged debt would have been nil because these two items are equal and
offsetting.  Under the same assumption,  the potential loss in the net change in
fair value of unhedged debt would have been immaterial because substantially all
of the United States dollar denominated long term debt is hedged.

In accordance  with Mitel policy,  cash  equivalent  and  short-term  investment
balances are primarily  comprised of high-grade  money market  instruments  with
original maturity dates of less than one year.

The estimated  potential  losses,  as discussed above,  assume the occurrence of
certain adverse market conditions.  They do not consider the potential effect of
favorable  changes in market  factors and do not represent  projected  losses in
fair value that Mitel expects to incur.  Future impacts would be based on actual
developments  in global  financial  markets.  Management  does not  foresee  any
significant  changes  in the  strategies  used to manage  interest  and  foreign
exchange rate risks in the near future.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

         The following financial  statements and supplementary data are filed as
part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         Auditors' Report to the Shareholders

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as at March 26, 1999 and March 27, 1998

         Consolidated  Statements of Income and Retained  Earnings for the years
           ended March 26, 1999, March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997

         Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years  ended  March 26,
           1999,  March  27,  1998 and March 28,  1997

         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Shareholders of Mitel Corporation:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Mitel Corporation as at March
26,  1999 and March  27,  1998 and the  consolidated  statements  of income  and
retained  earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period
ended March 26, 1999. These financial  statements are the  responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  whether  the  financial  statements  are free of


                                       42
<PAGE>

material  misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.

In our opinion,  these consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial  position of the Company as at March 26, 1999
and March 27, 1998 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the years in the three year period  ended March 26, 1999 in  accordance  with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada.


Ottawa, Canada                            /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                          ---------------------
May 6, 1999                               Chartered Accountants


                                       43
<PAGE>

                                Mitel Corporation
                     (incorporated under the laws of Canada)
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (in millions of Canadian dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        March 26,       March 27,
                                                                          1999            1998
                                                                      -------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                               $   125.3        $   117.2
  Short-term investments                                                         --             34.5
  Accounts receivable (notes 4 & 23)                                          326.3            302.3
  Inventories (note 5)                                                        198.1            162.2
  Prepaid expenses and other                                                   27.4             27.3
                                                                           -------------------------
                                                                              677.1            643.5

Long-term receivables (note 6)                                                 35.4             27.9
Fixed assets (note 7)                                                         507.7            549.3
Acquired intangible assets (note 8)                                            56.7             13.9
Patents, trademarks and other (note 9)                                         23.4             17.4
                                                                           -------------------------

                                                                          $ 1,300.3        $ 1,252.0
                                                                          ==========================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 10)                      $   254.1         $  290.7
  Income and other taxes payable                                               11.8             33.9
  Deferred revenue                                                             36.6             32.7
  Current portion of long-term debt (note 11)                                  37.6             40.3
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                              340.1            397.6
Long-term debt (note 11)                                                      276.5            379.6
Pension liability (note 26)                                                    13.2             12.2
Deferred income taxes                                                          23.2             27.1
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                              653.0            816.5
                                                                          --------------------------

Commitments and contingencies (notes 12 & 13)

Shareholders' equity:
  Capital stock (note 14)
     Preferred shares                                                          37.2             37.2
     Common shares (1999 - 116,705,531; 1998 - 108,394,631)                   331.2            157.3
  Contributed surplus (note 14)                                                32.3             32.3
  Retained earnings                                                           218.4            202.9
  Translation account (note 15)                                                28.2              5.8
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                              647.3            435.5
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                          $ 1,300.3        $ 1,252.0
                                                                          ==========================
</TABLE>

On behalf of the Board:
Dr. Henry Simon, Director                              Kirk K. Mandy, Director

        (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)


                                       44
<PAGE>

                                Mitel Corporation
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
                        (in millions of Canadian dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Years Ended
                                               March 26,      March 27,     March 28,
                                                  1999           1998         1997
                                             ------------------------------------------

<S>                                                 <C>           <C>         <C>
Retained earnings, beginning of year                $ 202.9       $ 114.2     $   79.4

Net income                                             26.2          91.9         38.0
                                                    ----------------------------------
                                                      229.1         206.1        117.4

Cost of common share issue (note 14)                   (7.5)           --           --

Dividends on preferred shares (note 14)                (3.2)         (3.2)        (3.2)
                                                   -----------------------------------

Retained earnings, end of year                      $ 218.4       $ 202.9      $ 114.2
                                                   ===================================
</TABLE>

        (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)


                                       45
<PAGE>

                                Mitel Corporation
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
           (in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years Ended
                                                                    March 26,       March 27,       March 28,
                                                                      1999            1998            1997
                                                                 --------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                <C>            <C>              <C>
Revenue (note 16)                                                  $1,310.4       $  881.4         $  695.5
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Cost of sales (note 16):
  Cost of sales other than amortization                               645.6          432.6            344.4
  Amortization of manufacturing assets                                 66.8           25.0             15.1
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                      712.4          457.6            359.5
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
Gross margin                                                          598.0          423.8            336.0
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Expenses:
  Selling and administrative                                          332.9          246.0            220.9
  Research and development (net) (note 17)                            149.8           52.0             50.0
  Amortization of acquired intangibles (note 8)                        22.4            1.8              0.7
  Special charges (net) (note 18)                                      10.1             --             13.0
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                      515.2          299.8            284.6
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
Operating income from continuing operations                            82.8          124.0             51.4

Investment and interest income (note 19)                                5.9            5.7              9.6
Interest expense (note 11)                                            (23.5)          (7.2)            (2.4)
Debt issue and other costs (note 11)                                   (7.2)            --               --
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Income from continuing operations before income taxes                  58.0          122.5             58.6

Income tax expense (note 20)                                           17.5           30.5             20.6
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Net income from continuing operations                                  40.5           92.0             38.0
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (note 21)                    2.0           (0.1)              --
Estimated loss on disposal of discontinued operations (note 21)       (16.3)            --               --
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                      (14.3)          (0.1)              --
                                                                   ----------------------------------------

Net income                                                         $   26.2       $   91.9         $   38.0
                                                                   ========================================

Net income attributable to common shareholders
 after preferred share dividends                                   $   23.0       $   88.7         $   34.8
                                                                   ========================================

Net income per common share (notes 3 & 14):
   Net income per common  share from continuing operations:
      Basic                                                        $   0.33       $   0.82         $   0.32
                                                                   ========================================
      Fully diluted                                                $   0.32       $   0.80         $   0.32
                                                                   ========================================
   Net income per common share:
      Basic                                                        $   0.20       $   0.82         $   0.32
                                                                   ========================================
      Fully diluted                                                $   0.20       $   0.80         $   0.32
                                                                   ========================================
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (millions)
      Basic                                                           114.0          107.8            107.3
                                                                   ========================================
      Fully diluted                                                   115.9          114.0            110.5
                                                                   ========================================
</TABLE>

        (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)


                                       46
<PAGE>

                                Mitel Corporation
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                        (in millions of Canadian dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Years ended
                                                                           March 26,       March 27,       March 28,
                                                                             1999            1998            1997
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>
CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
Operating activities:
  Net income                                                               $   26.2        $  91.9          $  38.0
  Amortization of capital and other assets                                    143.2           50.8             33.5
  Estimated loss on disposal of discontinued operations                        16.3             --                -
  Investment tax credits                                                       (7.0)         (18.0)               -
  Special charges                                                               0.5             --              5.3
  Gain on sale of capital assets                                               (6.0)          (0.7)            (4.5)
  Deferred income taxes                                                        (7.8)           0.6             (0.2)
  Change in pension liability                                                   0.9            1.0              0.6
  Increase in working capital (note 28)                                      (123.2)         (50.2)            (6.6)
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

    Total                                                                      43.1           75.4             66.1
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

Investing activities:
  Change in short-term investments                                             34.5           53.3             (2.9)
  Additions to capital and other assets                                       (63.0)          (8.3)           (42.6)
  Proceeds from disposal of capital assets                                     11.9            7.2              5.0
  Acquisitions (note 22)                                                      (46.6)        (343.8)            (5.1)
  Net change in non-cash balances related to investing activities               5.7           (0.2)             5.4
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

     Total                                                                    (57.5)        (291.8)           (40.2)
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

Financing activities:
  Increase in long-term debt                                                    0.4          339.7              2.2
  Repayment of long-term debt                                                (132.7)         (10.6)           (23.5)
  Repayment of capital lease liabilities                                       (9.0)         (42.4)            (3.4)
  Debt issue costs                                                             (2.0)         (10.9)              --
  Dividends on preferred shares                                                (3.2)          (3.2)            (3.2)
  Issue of common shares - net (note 14)                                      166.4            4.0              2.7
  Net change in non-cash balances related to financing activities                --             --              0.8
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

     Total                                                                     19.9          276.6            (24.4)
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

Effect of currency translation on cash                                          2.6            1.5              1.6
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

Increase in cash and cash equivalents                                           8.1           61.7              3.1

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                  117.2           55.5             52.4
                                                                           ----------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                     $  125.3        $ 117.2          $  55.5
                                                                           ========================================
</TABLE>

        (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)


                                       47
<PAGE>

                                MITEL CORPORATION
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           (in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

1.       NATURE OF OPERATIONS

         Mitel  is  an  international   communications  products  supplier.  The
         Company's  principal  business  segments  comprise the  manufacture and
         distribution of communications systems and microelectronic  components.
         The principal markets for the Company's products are the United States,
         Europe, Canada and the Asia/Pacific region.

2.       ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         These   consolidated   financial   statements  have  been  prepared  by
         management in accordance with accounting  principles generally accepted
         in Canada.  A  reconciliation  of amounts  presented in accordance with
         United States accounting principles is detailed in note 25.

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian and
         United  States  accounting   principles  requires  management  to  make
         estimates  and   assumptions   that  affect  the  reported  assets  and
         liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the
         date of the financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of revenue
         and expenses during the reporting periods.  Actual results could differ
         from those estimates.

(A)      FISCAL YEAR END

         The Company's fiscal year end is the last Friday in March.

(B)      BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
         Company and of its wholly-owned  subsidiary  companies.  Investments in
         associated  companies,  except for joint ventures, in which the Company
         has  significant  influence  are  accounted  for by the equity  method.
         Investments  in joint  ventures are accounted for by the  proportionate
         consolidation method.

(C)      CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

         The Company has adopted the new  recommendations of Section 1540 of the
         CICA Handbook "Cash Flow  Statements"  and has restated the comparative
         years' financial information to conform to this revised standard.

         All highly liquid investments with original  maturities of three months
         or less are classified as cash and cash equivalents.  The fair value of
         cash  equivalents  approximates  the  amounts  shown  in the  financial
         statements. Short-term investments comprise highly liquid low risk debt
         instruments with terms of usually not greater than one year. Short-term
         investments are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

(D)      INVENTORIES

         Inventories  are valued at the lower of average cost and net realizable
         value for  work-in-process  and finished goods, and current replacement
         cost for raw  materials.  The cost of  inventories  includes  material,
         labour and manufacturing overhead.

(E)      CAPITAL AND OTHER ASSETS

         Capital assets are initially  recorded at cost, net of related research
         and development and other government assistance.  Goodwill is initially
         recorded  at the  excess of the  Company's  cost over the amount of the
         fair  value  of the net  identifiable  assets  acquired  in a  business
         combination.  The Company  evaluates the  realizability of these assets
         based upon the expected future  undiscounted  cash flows of the related
         assets.


                                       48
<PAGE>

         Amortization is provided on the bases and at the rates set out below:

Assets                                      Basis                    Rate
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buildings                                   Straight-line                  4  %
Equipment                                   Declining balance        20 - 30  %
                                            Straight-line            10 - 33.3%
Goodwill and other acquired intangibles     Straight-line                 50  %
Patents and trademarks                      Straight-line            10 - 33.3%

         Prior to Fiscal 1999, the estimated useful life of acquired intangibles
         and  goodwill  ranged  from five to  fifteen  years.  During the fourth
         quarter of Fiscal 1999, management revised the estimated  technological
         useful life of these assets. The effect of prospectively  applying this
         revision was an incremental  amortization of $14.7, or $0.13 per share,
         in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1999.

(F)      FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

         The  Company  uses  the  current   rate  method  of  foreign   currency
         translation to translate the accounts of its foreign subsidiaries.  The
         resulting  unrealized  gains or losses are  deferred  and  included  in
         shareholders'  equity until there is a reduction in the net  investment
         in a foreign operation.

         Exchange gains or losses  related to translation  of, or settlement of,
         foreign currency denominated  long-term monetary items are deferred and
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over the  remaining  life of the
         items.

(G)      DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         The Company enters into foreign  exchange  contracts  intended to hedge
         its  estimated  net foreign  currency  cash  requirements,  and certain
         significant transactions, generally over the ensuing twelve to eighteen
         months. The Company does not engage in a trading or speculative hedging
         program.  All foreign  exchange  contracts are marked to market and the
         resulting gains and losses are deferred and included in the measurement
         of the related transactions when they occur.

         The Company uses interest rate swap  contracts to manage  interest rate
         risk.  Payments and receipts  under  interest  rate swap  contracts are
         recognized as adjustments  to interest  expense on a basis that matches
         them  with  the  related  fluctuations  in the  interest  receipts  and
         payments under floating rate financial assets and liabilities.

(H)      REVENUE RECOGNITION

         Revenue from the sale of products is  recognized  at the time goods are
         shipped to customers.  Revenue from the sale of communications  systems
         including  integration and  installation  services,  is recognized on a
         percentage of completion  basis.  Revenue from service is recognized at
         the time  services  are  rendered.  Billings in advance of services are
         included in deferred revenue.  Estimated warranty costs associated with
         these revenues are provided for at the time of the sale.

(I)      INCOME TAXES

         Income taxes are accounted for using the deferred tax allocation method
         under which the income tax provision is based on the income reported in
         the accounts.  Investment tax credits  ("ITC") are taken into income on
         the same basis as the  related  expenditures  are  charged to income or
         applied  against  acquired fixed assets,  as  applicable,  provided the
         Company  expects the credits to be  realized.  Management  periodically
         reviews the reasonable  assurance of realizing the ITC carryforward and
         timing  difference  benefits in the  determination  of their accounting
         recognition.  Such review may result in the recording of the accounting
         benefit for these  timing  differences  and ITC  carryforwards,  as the
         circumstances  warrant,  and the recognition of loss carryforwards,  as
         realized.

(J)      DEVELOPMENT COSTS

         The Company  interprets the criteria for deferral of development  costs
         on a very  stringent  basis under which few, if any,  costs qualify for
         deferment.  In the three years ended March 26,  1999,  all  development
         costs, except acquired intangibles purchased in a business combination,
         were  expensed  as  incurred.  Management  periodically  evaluates


                                       49
<PAGE>

         the realizability of the purchased development costs based upon the
         expected future undiscounted cash flows of the related assets.

3.       SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME INFORMATION

         As a supplementary measure to assess financial performance,  management
         utilizes  Adjusted  Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per common share
         which  exclude  the impact of  amortization  of  acquired  intangibles,
         special charges (net),  non-cash debt issue and other costs expensed on
         an early  partial debt  repayment,  and  discontinued  operations.  The
         Adjusted  Net Income and  Adjusted  Net Income per common  share are as
         follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1999            1998           1997
                                                                             -----------     -----------     ---------

<S>                                                                            <C>            <C>              <C>
          Net income as reported                                               $  26.2        $  91.9          $  38.0

          Adjusted Net Income, as adjusted for:
            Amortization of acquired intangibles                                  22.4            1.8              0.7
            Special charges (net)                                                 10.1             --             13.0
            Debt issue and other costs                                             7.2             --               --
            (Income) loss from discontinued operations                            (2.0)           0.1               --
            Estimated loss on disposal of discontinued operations                 16.3             --               --
                                                                               -------        -------          -------

          Adjusted Net Income                                                  $  80.2        $  93.8          $  51.7
                                                                               =======        =======          =======

          Adjusted Net Income per common share - basic                         $  0.67        $  0.84          $  0.45
                                                                               =======        =======          =======
</TABLE>

4.       ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

         Included in accounts  receivable was an allowance for doubtful accounts
         of $8.7 (1998 - $10.2).  Also  included in accounts  receivable  was an
         amount of $16.9  (1998 - $32.5)  for  unbilled  accounts  on  long-term
         contracts (see also note 6).

5.       INVENTORIES
                                                      1999         1998
                                                    --------------------
           Raw materials                            $  47.8      $  53.4
           Work-in-process                             86.1         60.3
           Finished goods                              64.2         48.5
                                                    --------------------

                                                    $ 198.1       $162.2
                                                    ====================

6.       LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1999         1998
                                                                                        -------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
           Investment tax credits recoverable                                           $ 17.3       $ 10.7
           Promissory note, bearing interest at 10%, due in March 2011 and
             against which a first deed on property was pledged as security               10.5         10.3
           Other long-term receivables                                                     7.6          6.9
                                                                                        -------------------
                                                                                        $ 35.4       $ 27.9
                                                                                        ===================
</TABLE>

7.       FIXED ASSETS
                                                        1999         1998
                                                    ---------------------
           Cost:
             Land                                   $   13.4     $   13.2
             Buildings                                 169.1        173.5
             Equipment                                 553.5        514.4
             Equipment under capital leases            148.4        130.1
                                                    ---------------------
                                                       884.4        831.2
                                                    ---------------------
           Less accumulated amortization:
             Buildings                                  80.8         71.0
             Equipment                                 243.6        175.7
             Equipment under capital leases             52.3         35.2



                                       50
<PAGE>

                                                        ---------------------
                                                           376.7        281.9
                                                        =====================
                                                        $  507.7     $  549.3
                                                        =====================


8.       ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS
                                                    1999         1998
                                                   ----------------------
           Cost:
             In-process technology                 $     8.1     $    2.7
             Developed technology                       34.4          9.0
             Customer base and work force               11.9           --
             Goodwill                                   24.8          3.7
                                                   ----------------------
                                                        79.2         15.4
                                                   ----------------------
           Less accumulated amortization:
             In-process technology                       1.7          0.1
             Developed technology                       10.9          0.6
             Customer base and work force                2.9            -
             Goodwill                                    7.0          0.8
                                                   ----------------------
                                                        22.5          1.5
                                                   ----------------------
                                                   $    56.7     $   13.9
                                                   ======================

9.       PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND OTHER

                                                     1999         1998
                                                   ---------------------
           Cost:
             Patents and trademarks                $   16.3     $   14.3
             Deferred debt issue costs                  8.5         10.5
             Deferred foreign exchange loss            10.5           --
                                                   ---------------------
                                                       35.3         24.8
                                                   ---------------------
           Less accumulated amortization:
             Patents and trademarks                     9.8          7.2
             Deferred debt issue costs                  2.1          0.2
                                                   ---------------------
                                                       11.9          7.4
                                                   =====================
                                                   $   23.4     $   17.4
                                                   =====================

         On February 12, 1998, the Company entered into a credit  agreement with
         a syndicate of lenders for total debt  facilities  of U.S.  $310.0 (see
         also  note  11).  The  facilities  were  used to  acquire  the  Plessey
         Semiconductors  Group  ("Plessey")  (see  also  note  22) as well as to
         provide a line of credit for general  corporate  purposes.  The Company
         incurred $12.9 in respect of associated  debt issue costs.  These costs
         were  deferred and will be  amortized  over the life of the debt and in
         pro rata amounts related to early prepayments against the term loans.

10.      ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        1999         1998
                                                                                      ---------------------

<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
           Trade payables                                                             $   79.4     $   82.2
           Restructuring and other provisions (see also notes 18 & 22)                    35.3         59.3
           Employee-related payables                                                      38.4         36.4
           Other accrued liabilities                                                      75.0        112.8
           Provision for estimated loss on disposal of discontinued
             operations (note 21)                                                         26.0           --
                                                                                      ---------------------
                                                                                      $ 254.1      $ 290.7
                                                                                      =====================

</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

11.      LONG-TERM DEBT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                1999         1998
                                                                                                               ---------------------
           <S>                                                                                                 <C>          <C>
           AXELs  Series B, at a variable  interest  rate based on the lower of a defined  base rate or a
           successive  three month LIBOR rate plus 2.25%;  at March 26, 1999 the effective  interest rate
           was 8.04% (1998 - 8.25%);  with quarterly  installments  and due December  2003.  (1999 - U.S.
           $118.4; 1998 - U.S. $150.0)                                                                         $ 178.2      $ 211.9

           Tranche A Term Loan, at a variable  interest rate based on the lower of a defined base rate or
           a successive three month LIBOR rate plus 1.75%; at March 26, 1999 the effective  interest rate
           was 7.79% (1998 - 8.00%);  with quarterly  installments  and due February  2003.  (1999 - U.S.
           $27.5; 1998 - U.S. $85.0)                                                                              41.2        119.7

           Capital leases and other,  at rates varying from 5.8% to 12.2% with payment terms ranging from
           1 to 5 years (1998 - 3.4% to 12.2% with payment terms ranging from 3 to 5 years)                       90.5         84.5

           Non-interest  bearing  1996  Canada-Quebec  government  loan,  repayable in three equal annual
           installments commencing July, 2001                                                                      4.2          3.8
                                                                                                               ---------------------
                                                                                                                 314.1        419.9
           Less current portion                                                                                   37.6         40.3
                                                                                                               --------------------

                                                                                                               $ 276.5      $ 379.6
                                                                                                               =====================
</TABLE>

         During Fiscal 1998, the Company entered into a credit  agreement in the
         amount of U.S. $310.0 with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP"),
         as advisor,  arranger, lender, and syndication agent; certain financial
         institutions  as lenders;  and the Canadian  Imperial  Bank of Commerce
         ("CIBC"),  as lender  and  administrative  agent for the  lenders.  The
         credit agreement  provided senior secured credit facilities  consisting
         of: (i) a 5 year Tranche A Term Loan  amounting to U.S.$85.0;  (ii) a 6
         year Amortization Extended Term Loan (AXELs) Series B loan amounting to
         U.S.$150.0;  and (iii) a 5 year revolving credit facility  amounting to
         U.S.$75.0  (see also note 27).  The  proceeds  from the term loans were
         used to fund the  acquisition  of 100 percent of the  capital  stock of
         four  affiliated   entities  which,   together  with  their  respective
         subsidiaries, comprise Plessey (see also note 22).

         To secure the credit agreement obligations,  the Company granted to the
         lenders a first  priority  lien on  substantially  all of its  personal
         property and certain of its real property, including a pledge of all of
         the  capital  stock  of each  of its  principal  subsidiaries.  Certain
         restrictive  covenants and financial  ratios  required to be maintained
         are set out for the purpose of measuring the Company's  ability to meet
         its obligations under the credit  agreement.  The Company is subject to
         certain  mandatory  prepayments in the event of asset sales (other than
         inventory),  equity  offerings and debt  issuances,  certain  insurance
         proceeds,  and defined excess cash flow.  Mandatory  prepayments  range
         from 75 percent to 100  percent of the net cash  proceeds  and would be
         paid on a prorata  basis  toward the senior  secured  term  loans.  The
         Company   believes  it  is  in  compliance  with  the  obligations  and
         restrictive covenants under the credit agreement.

         On July 23,  1998,  the Company,  through a syndicate of  underwriters,
         issued 8 million  common  shares at a price of $21.50 per share and for
         total  proceeds  of $172.0 (see also note 14).  Net  proceeds of $164.1
         were  received by the  Company,  of which $123.1 was applied to repay a
         portion of the AXELs Series B and Tranche A term loans.  The balance of
         the proceeds was retained for general corporate purposes.

         Future minimum lease payments of the  obligations  under capital leases
         total $99.1 of which $31.5,  $28.3,  $21.5,  $14.7,  and $3.1 relate to
         fiscal years 2000 to 2004 and beyond  respectively.  Interest  costs of
         $9.2 are included in the total future lease payments.

         Scheduled  principal  repayments,  excluding  obligations under capital
         leases,  during the next five fiscal  years are:  2000 - $10.4;  2001 -
         $11.3;  2002 - $14.4;  2003 - $57.7;  2004 - $130.1.  Interest expense,
         including the portion  related to discontinued  operations,  related to
         long-term debt was $37.7 in Fiscal 1999 (1998 - $7.6; 1997 - $2.3).


                                       52
<PAGE>

12.      COMMITMENTS

         (A)      OPERATING LEASES

                  The future  minimum lease  payments for  operating  leases for
                  which the Company was committed were as follows: 2000 - $24.2;
                  2001 - $20.6; 2002 - $12.1; 2003 - $7.7; 2004 - $6.3; 2005 and
                  beyond - $33.5.

         (B)      LETTERS OF CREDIT

                  The Company had letters of credit outstanding as at March 26,
                  1999 of approximately $14.2 to secure duty charges.

13.      CONTINGENCIES

         (a)      The Company is a defendant  in a number of lawsuits  and party
                  to a number of other  claims  or  potential  claims  that have
                  arisen in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of
                  the  Company's  legal  counsel,   any  monetary  liability  or
                  financial  impact of such  lawsuits  and  claims or  potential
                  claims to which  the  Company  might be  subject  after  final
                  adjudication   would  not  be  material  to  the  consolidated
                  financial position of the Company or the consolidated  results
                  of its operations (see also note 17).

         (b)      Year 2000 Issue:

                  The Year 2000 Issue arises because many  computerized  systems
                  use  two  digits   rather   than  four  to  identify  a  year.
                  Date-sensitive  systems may recognize the year 2000 as 1900 or
                  some other date,  resulting in errors when  information  which
                  uses  year  2000  dates is  processed.  In  addition,  similar
                  problems may arise in some  systems that use certain  dates in
                  1999 to represent  something other than a date. The effects of
                  the Year 2000 Issue may be  experienced  before,  on, or after
                  January  1,  2000,  and,  if  not  addressed,  the  impact  on
                  operations and financial reporting may range from minor errors
                  to significant  systems  failure that could affect an entity's
                  ability  to  conduct  normal  business  operations.  It is not
                  possible to be certain that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue
                  affecting the entity,  including  those related to the efforts
                  of customers, suppliers, or other third parties, will be fully
                  resolved.

14.      CAPITAL STOCK

         The Company's  authorized capital stock consists of an unlimited number
         of preferred and common shares.

           Shares outstanding                        1999            1998
                                                 ----------------------------

           Preferred shares - R&D series           1,616,300        1,616,500
           Common shares                         116,705,531      108,394,631

(A)      PREFERRED SHARES - R&D SERIES

         The preferred shares were issued in Fiscal 1984 for gross cash proceeds
         of $95.2 of which  $51.5  ($23.00 per share) was  allocated  to capital
         stock with the balance being the consideration received for the sale of
         tax rights.

         Dividends - Fixed cumulative cash dividends are payable quarterly at a
         rate of $2.00 per share per annum.

         Redemption - The shares are currently redeemable,  at the option of the
         Company, at $25.00 per share plus accrued dividends.

         Purchase  Obligation  -  Commencing  January 1, 1989,  the  Company was
         required to make  reasonable  efforts to purchase 22,400 shares in each
         calendar  quarter at a price not exceeding  $25.00 per share plus costs
         of  purchase.   The  difference  between  the  stated  capital  of  the
         repurchased  shares  over the  consideration  paid for such  shares  is
         recorded against contributed surplus.


                                       53
<PAGE>

 (B)     COMMON SHARES

         An  analysis  of the  changes  in the  number of common  shares and the
         amount of share  capital for the three years ended March 26, 1999 is as
         follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Number           Amount
                                                              ----------------------------

           <S>                                                <C>                  <C>
           Balance, March 29, 1996                            106,084,494          $ 150.6
           Exercise of warrants                                 1,000,000              1.7
           Exercise of employee stock options                     330,137              1.0
                                                              ----------------------------

           Balance, March 28, 1997                            107,414,631            153.3
           Exercise of employee stock options                     980,000              4.0
                                                              ----------------------------

           Balance, March 27, 1998                            108,394,631            157.3

           Public share offering, July 23, 1998                 8,000,000            172.0

           Exercise of employee stock options                     310,900              1.9
                                                              ----------------------------

           Balance, March 26, 1999                            116,705,531          $ 331.2
                                                              ============================
</TABLE>

(C)      NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

         The net income per common share  figures were  calculated  based on net
         income from continuing operations and net income, as applicable,  after
         the  deduction  of  preferred  share  dividends  and using the weighted
         monthly  average  number of shares  outstanding  during the  respective
         fiscal  years.  The  calculation  of fully  diluted  earnings per share
         assumes that, if a dilutive effect is produced, all outstanding options
         had been exercised at the later of the beginning of the fiscal year and
         the option issue date,  and includes an allowance for imputed  earnings
         net of tax derived from the  investment  of funds which would have been
         received.

(D)      DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS ON COMMON SHARES

         The Company may not declare cash  dividends on its common shares unless
         dividends on the  preferred  shares have been declared and paid, or set
         aside for payment.

         Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement described in note 11, the
         Company is required to maintain a minimum net worth,  thereby  limiting
         the amount of dividends  that could be paid out. The  preferred  shares
         dividend has not violated this  covenant.  No common share  dividend is
         currently being paid out.

(E)      STOCK OPTION PLANS

         At the Company's 1991 Annual General Meeting, the shareholders approved
         resolutions   authorizing   stock   options  for  key   employees   and
         non-employee directors. Certain amendments to the plan were approved by
         the  shareholders  at the 1993,  1995 and 1998 Annual General  Meetings
         allowing for  1,000,000,  2,000,000 and 10,200,000  additional  shares,
         respectively,  to be made  available for grant.  Available for grant at
         March 26,  1999 were  10,465,525  (1998 -  243,525;  1997 -  1,113,525)
         shares.  All  options  granted  have up to  maximum  ten year terms and
         become  fully  exercisable  at the  end of  four  years  of  continuous
         employment.


                                       54
<PAGE>

         A  summary  of  the  Company's   stock  option   activity  and  related
         information for the three years ended March 26, 1999 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1999                              1998                              1997
                                       ------------ ----------------     ------------ ----------------  ------------ ---------------
                                                       Weighted                          Weighted                       Weighted
                                                        Average                           Average                        Average
                                         Options    Exercise Price         Options    Exercise Price      Options    Exercise Price
                                       ------------ ----------------     ------------ ----------------  ------------ ---------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>                  <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>
        Outstanding options:
          Balance, beginning of year     6,251,888     $ 12.30             3,238,638     $  5.71          2,902,525      $ 4.54
          Granted                          403,000     $ 19.40             4,237,750     $ 15.19            713,500      $ 9.23
          Exercised                       (310,900)    $  6.12              (980,000)    $  4.12           (330,137)     $ 2.95
          Cancelled                       (425,000)    $ 15.38              (244,500)    $  7.87            (47,250)     $ 6.06
                                       ------------ ----------------     ------------ ----------------  ------------ ---------------

        Balance, end of year             5,918,988     $ 12.89             6,251,888     $ 12.30          3,238,638      $ 5.71
                                       ============ ================     ============ ================  ============ ===============

        Exercisable, end of year         2,367,963     $  9.55             1,303,407     $  5.18          1,580,776      $ 3.75
                                       ============ ================     ============ ================  ============ ===============


        Weighted  average  fair value
        price of options granted during
        the year using the Black-Scholes
        fair value option pricing model
        (See also note 25.)                            $ 10.40                           $  8.07                         $ 4.54
                                                    ================                  ================               ===============

</TABLE>

A summary of options outstanding at March 26, 1999 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           ------------------------------- Total Outstanding  ---------------------------------   --------Total Exercisable---------
                                              Weighted Average      Weighted Average Remaining                      Weighted Average
            Exercise Price        Options      Exercise Price            Contractual Life                Options      Exercise Price
           ------------------ ------------- --------------------- ------------------------------- --------------- ------------------
<S>        <C>       <C>          <C>             <C>                        <C>                        <C>                <C>
           $  1.10 - $ 2.39       358,225         $  1.92                    4 years                    358,225            $  1.92
           $  3.90 - $ 5.75       381,350         $  5.14                    5 years                    381,350            $  5.14
           $  6.39 - $ 9.20     1,219,413         $  7.29                    7 years                    623,013            $  7.32
                $ 9.32            427,000         $  9.32                    7 years                    213,500            $  9.32
           $  9.41 - $11.73       390,750         $  9.98                    8 years                     82,250            $  9.77
                $17.78          2,838,500         $ 17.78                    5 years                    709,625            $ 17.78
           $ 17.84 - $30.00       303,750         $ 21.04                    5 years                          -                  -
                              =============                                                       ===============
                                5,918,988                                                             2,367,963
                              =============                                                       ===============
</TABLE>

15.      TRANSLATION ACCOUNT

         The following table summarizes changes in the translation account:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999             1998             1997
                                                                     ---------------- --------------- -----------------

<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>               <C>
           Balance, beginning of year                                          $ 5.8           $ 2.5             $ 3.3

           Increase (decrease):
           Movements in exchange rates -
             U.S. dollar                                                        18.3            (2.1)                -
             U.K. pound sterling                                                 3.1             7.2               5.4
             Swedish krona                                                       1.4            (1.0)             (4.4)
             Other currencies                                                    1.2            (1.0)                -
           Reduction of net investments in subsidiaries                         (1.6)            0.2              (1.8)
                                                                     ---------------- --------------- -----------------
           Balance, end of year                                                $28.2           $ 5.8             $ 2.5
                                                                     ================ =============== =================
</TABLE>

                                       55

<PAGE>


16.      SERVICE REVENUE

         During the year,  revenue from providing  support services  amounted to
         $99.8  (1998 - $82.0;  1997 -  $70.5).  The cost of  sales  related  to
         providing  these services  during Fiscal 1999 amounted to $63.9 (1998 -
         $51.4; 1997 - $47.0).

17.      INVESTMENT TAX CREDITS AND GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

         During the year, the Company recognized Canadian ITCs and other funding
         of  $23.7  (1998  -  $40.7;  1997 -  $11.9)  related  to  eligible  R&D
         expenditures.  Contributions of $5.0 made to the Company in prior years
         under the  Microelectronics  and System Development  Program, a federal
         assistance  program,  are  contingently   repayable  if  the  resulting
         technology is commercially successful.  The contributions are repayable
         based on a percentage  of related sales over a period not to exceed ten
         years and ending on June 30, 2004.  Any amount unpaid at the end of the
         ten year  period  would be  forgiven.  The  total  amounts  repaid  and
         repayable to March 26, 1999 were negligible.

18.      SPECIAL CHARGES

         During the fourth  quarter of Fiscal 1999,  the Company  recorded a net
         pre-tax  special  charge of $10.1  related  to the  rationalization  of
         certain  Company  business  segments,  net of a  gain  of  $6.0  on the
         disposal of certain  non-strategic  technology  and other  assets.  The
         rationalization related to steps taken to streamline North American and
         European  sales  channels,  and to transfer the network  access product
         manufacturing  operations  from North  America  to the United  Kingdom,
         where the  majority of the sales are  generated.  Also  included in the
         charge  was the  cost of  severance  and  related  benefits,  with  the
         majority of the  reduction  taking place in the North  American and Far
         East regions.  Approximately 100 people are to be terminated as part of
         this  rationalization  program. All of these activities are expected to
         be substantially completed by December 1999. As at March 26, 1999, $4.5
         of severance,  benefits,  facilities and other costs had been paid, and
         the balance of the  special  charge  included  in accounts  payable and
         accrued liabilities amounted to $10.8.

         In Fiscal 1997, the Company  recorded a charge of $13.0 comprising $8.0
         relating to the restructuring of the Mitel Communications Systems group
         and a write-off  of $5.0 on the  investment  and related  assets in the
         Company's joint venture in China. The restructuring  program related to
         this provision was completed during Fiscal 1999.

19.      INVESTMENT AND INTEREST INCOME

         On September 27, 1996,  the Company sold its equity  interest in Esprit
         Telecom  (Jersey)  Ltd.  (Esprit),  a  non-strategic  holding which was
         carried at a nominal cost. The gain on the sale of shares in Esprit was
         $3.6 and was included in investment and interest income in Fiscal 1997.

20.      INCOME TAXES

         Details of income taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1999          1998          1997
                                                                                  ------------ ------------- -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>           <C>
           Income from continuing operations before income taxes:
           Canadian                                                                    $ 53.0        $115.1        $ 52.5
           Foreign                                                                        5.0           7.4           6.1
                                                                                  ============ ============= =============
                                                                                       $ 58.0        $122.5        $ 58.6
                                                                                  ============ ============= =============
           Income tax expense (recovery):
           Current
             Canadian                                                                  $ 20.9        $ 28.8        $ 14.9
             Foreign                                                                      4.4           1.1           7.0
           Deferred
             Foreign                                                                     (7.8)          0.6          (1.3)
                                                                                  ============ ============= =============
                                                                                       $ 17.5        $ 30.5        $ 20.6
                                                                                  ============ ============= =============

</TABLE>

         Deferred  taxes on income  generally  result  from  timing  differences
         primarily in the recognition of tax loss carryforwards.

                                       56
<PAGE>

         The income tax expense  reported  differs  from the amount  computed by
         applying the Canadian  rates to the income  before  income  taxes.  The
         reasons for these differences and their tax effects were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        1999         1998         1997
                                                                                   ------------ ------------ ------------

           Expected tax rate                                                               40%          40%          40%
                                                                                   ------------ ------------ ------------

<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
           Expected tax expense                                                         $ 23.2       $ 49.0       $ 23.4
           Foreign tax rate differences                                                   (7.0)        (1.1)        (2.2)
           Tax effect of losses not recognized                                             9.7          0.7          8.7
           Tax effect of realizing benefit of prior
             years' loss carryforwards and timing differences                            (11.7)       (18.0)       (13.9)
           Corporate minimum taxes                                                         1.5          0.7          3.2
           Other                                                                           1.8         (0.8)         1.4
                                                                                   ------------ ------------ ------------

           Income tax expense                                                           $ 17.5       $ 30.5       $ 20.6
                                                                                   ============ ============ ============

</TABLE>

         Unremitted  earnings of subsidiaries  subject to withholding taxes will
         be indefinitely  reinvested  with no provision  necessary for potential
         withholding  taxes on repatriation of subsidiary  earnings.  The income
         before income taxes  attributable  to all foreign  operations  was $5.0
         (1998 - $7.4; 1997 - $6.1).

         As at  March  26,  1999,  the  Company  had tax loss  carryforwards  of
         approximately  $125.0 for which an accounting benefit was recognized on
         approximately  $15.0  of  these  tax  losses.  The  remaining  tax loss
         carryforwards  are  available to reduce  future  years'  income for tax
         purposes.  The tax loss  carryforwards for which an accounting  benefit
         has  been  recognized  do not  expire  while  the  remaining  tax  loss
         carryforwards  expire as  follows:  2003 - $14.7;  2004 - $8.5;  2005 -
         $13.9;  2006 to 2014 - $72.9.  The tax  loss  carryforwards  relate  to
         operations in the United States,  the United Kingdom,  Germany,  France
         and Hong Kong.  As at March 26,  1999,  the  Company had  Canadian  ITC
         carryforwards  of  approximately  $41.7,  which are available to reduce
         future  years' income  taxes,  for which the benefit was  recognized in
         these  financial  statements.  These ITCs expire  during the years from
         2001 to 2009.  In  addition,  the  Company  had timing  differences  of
         approximately $44.0 for which no accounting benefit was recognized.

21.      DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

         On  March  26,  1999,  the  Company  adopted  formal  plans  to  pursue
         divestiture  opportunities  related to the distinct  operations  of the
         Lincoln Power and Automotive  business  segment  ("Lincoln")  which was
         part of the Plessey  group  acquired in Fiscal 1998 (see also note 22).
         Management  expects to sell or otherwise  dispose the Lincoln  business
         within the next fiscal year.  Accordingly,  the  operations  related to
         this business are accounted for as discontinued operations.

         Sales  applicable to Lincoln for Fiscal 1999 and Fiscal 1998 were $74.3
         and $7.1, respectively.  The income (loss) before income taxes includes
         allocated  interest  expense related to long-term debt of $7.0 and $0.5
         in 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Interest  expense  was  allocated  to
         discontinued  operations  based on a ratio of Lincoln  revenue to total
         Plessey  revenue.  For Fiscal 1999,  the Company  recorded  income from
         discontinued  operations of $2.0 (1998 - loss of $0.1) including income
         tax recoveries of $0.8 (1998 - $0.1). The estimated loss on disposal of
         Lincoln was $16.3,  net of  estimated  income tax  recoveries  of $9.7.
         Basic  and  fully  diluted  loss per  common  share  from  discontinued
         operations were $0.13 and $0.12, respectively, for Fiscal 1999 and $nil
         for Fiscal 1998 and 1997.

         As at March 26, 1999,  total net assets  related  to  Lincoln  included
         inventories  of $18.2 (1998 - $22.3),  fixed  assets  of  $13.6 (1998 -
         $15.5) and current liabilities of $14.3 (1998 - $19.5).

22.      ACQUISITIONS

(A)      On  May  8,  1998,  the  Company  acquired   certain   assets  of   the
         Customer   Premises    Equipment     Business   Unit    of    Centigram
         Communications  Corporation, now  operated  as   the Advanced Messaging
         business   unit   under  the   name   Baypoint  Innovations,  for  cash
         consideration  of   U.S.$22.0.  The Company also purchased  receivables
         and  inventories  related  to that business for approximately  U.S.$4.8
         in  cash.   The  Advanced  Messaging  business,  based   in  San  Jose,
         California,    provides     productivity-enhancing,     enterprise-wide
         messaging  solutions  to  organizations  around

                                       57
<PAGE>

         the world  through a broad  network of  distributors  and  agents.  The
         acquisition was accounted for by the purchase  accounting  method.  The
         purchase  price  allocation  was based on fair  values  assigned to net
         assets as determined by an  independent  valuation  firm using standard
         valuation techniques.  An amount of $35.9 was allocated to identifiable
         intangible  assets that include  completed and in-process  research and
         development and other  intangible  assets.  The difference  between the
         purchase  price  and the  fair  value  of the net  identifiable  assets
         amounted to $0.6,  which was  recorded as  goodwill.  The  identifiable
         intangible assets and the goodwill are amortized over a two year period
         (see  also  note  1(F)).  The  allocation  to net  identifiable  assets
         included  $2.9  in  respect  of the  acquisition  costs  and  costs  to
         integrate the operations of the acquired company. As at March 26, 1999,
         the liability in respect of acquisition and integration costs was $1.3.
         The purchase transaction was summarized as follows:

         Net assets acquired, at approximate fair values:

           Current assets                                              $   6.6
           Capital assets                                                 39.2
                                                                  -------------
           Total assets                                                   45.8
                                                                  -------------

           Current liabilities                                             7.2
                                                                  -------------

           Total net assets                                             $ 38.6
                                                                  =============

           Cash consideration                                           $ 38.6
                                                                  =============

         Pro Forma financial  information for the acquisition as if the business
         had been  acquired at the beginning of the Fiscal 1999 is not presented
         due to the insignificant impact on the Company's results of operations.

(B)      On May  19,  1998,  the  Company  acquired  the  products,  technology,
         research   and   development   facilities   and  sales  and   marketing
         organization of Glasgow-based TSc for cash  consideration of $8.0. TSc,
         now defined as ISDN PBX,  provides ISDN business products for the small
         to medium enterprise  market.  The acquisition was accounted for by the
         application of the purchase  accounting  method in which the results of
         operation  were  included in the  Company's  accounts  from the date of
         acquisition. An amount of $4.5 was allocated to identifiable intangible
         assets relating to completed  research and development.  The difference
         between the purchase  price and the fair value of the net  identifiable
         assets amounted to $2.0, which was recorded as goodwill.  The completed
         research and  development  and the goodwill are being  amortized over a
         two  year  period  (see  also  note  1  (F)).  The  allocation  to  net
         identifiable  assets included $2.0 in respect of the acquisition  costs
         and costs to integrate the  operations of the acquired  company.  As at
         March 26, 1999, the liability in respect of acquisition and integration
         costs are $nil. The purchase transaction was summarized as follows:

Net assets acquired, at approximate fair values:

  Current assets                                               $  2.4
  Capital assets                                                  7.6
                                                         -------------
  Total assets                                                   10.0
                                                         -------------

  Current liabilities                                             2.0
                                                         -------------

  Total net assets                                             $  8.0
                                                         =============

  Cash consideration                                           $  8.0
                                                         =============

Pro Forma financial  information for the acquisition as if the business
had been  acquired at the beginning of the Fiscal 1999 is not presented
due to the insignificant impact on the Company's results of operations.

(C)      On February  12,  1998,  the  Company  and certain of its wholly  owned
         subsidiaries  acquired  100  percent  of  the  capital  stock  of  four
         affiliated entities which, together with their respective subsidiaries,
         comprise  Plessey  for a  total  cash  consideration  of  $323.6  (U.S.
         $225.0).  Plessey,  headquartered in Swindon, U.K., is an international
         semiconductor  manufacturer for communications and media  applications.
         The acquired  company  operates as Mitel  Semiconductor

                                       58

<PAGE>

Limited in the U.K.  and as Mitel  Semiconductor  Americas  Inc. in the U.S. The
acquisition was accounted for by the purchase  accounting  method.  The purchase
transaction was summarized as follows:

Net assets acquired, at approximate fair value:

  Current assets (including cash of $1.4)                     $ 134.4
  Capital assets                                                354.3
  Other assets                                                   10.5
                                                         -------------
  Total assets                                                  499.2
                                                         -------------

  Current liabilities                                           143.4
  Capital leases                                                 18.3
  Deferred income taxes                                          13.9
                                                         -------------
  Total liabilities                                             175.6
                                                         -------------

  Total net assets                                            $ 323.6
                                                         =============

  Cash consideration                                          $ 323.6
                                                         =============

As at March 26, 1999,  the  liability in respect of  acquisition  costs was $nil
(1998 - $10.6) and $10.6  (1998 - $45.2) in respect of  integration  costs.  The
integration  costs  primarily  related to initial  estimates to exit the Lincoln
Power and  Automotive  business  segment,  the transfer of redundant  production
activities   from  Sweden  to  Plymouth,   U.K.,  and  to  severance  costs  for
redundancies in the acquired  semiconductor  segment  throughout the world.  The
remaining  integration  activities  are expected to be completed  during  Fiscal
2000.

Unaudited Pro Forma financial information for the acquisition as if the business
had been acquired at the beginning of each respective fiscal period is presented
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998              1997
                                                            Pro Forma        Pro Forma
                                                            combined          combined
                                                          -------------    ------------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
  (Unaudited)
  Revenue                                                      $1,227.3        $1,152.9
                                                          -------------    ------------

  Net income                                                  $    41.2      $     34.0
                                                          =============    ============

  Net income attributable to common shareholders after
    preferred share dividends                                 $    38.0      $     30.8
                                                          =============    ============

  Net income per common share:
    Basic                                                     $    0.35      $     0.29
                                                          =============    ============
    Fully diluted                                             $    0.35      $     0.28
                                                          =============    ============

</TABLE>

The  unaudited  Pro Forma  information  does not include the  operating
savings  or  synergies   anticipated   as  a  result  of  the  combined
operations.

(D)      On August 8, 1997, the Company  acquired  certain assets and the remote
         access  business  of  Gandalf  Technologies  Inc.  (Gandalf)  for  cash
         consideration  of  $21.6.  The  purchase   agreement  did  not  include
         Gandalf's  service  business.  Gandalf's  remote  access  products  and
         technology facilitate high volume data and voice communications between
         the corporate office,  local branches,  teleworkers,  and agents in the
         field. Gandalf's operations are based principally in Canada, the United
         States, and the United Kingdom.  In addition to the cash consideration,
         the Company incurred  expenses of $0.5 in respect of acquisition  costs
         and $0.6 in  respect  of  costs  to  integrate  the  operations  of the
         acquired  company.  As at March 27, 1998, the  integration  program was
         substantially completed.

         This acquisition was accounted for by the purchase  accounting  method.
         The purchase price  allocation was based on fair values assigned to net
         assets as determined by an  independent  valuation  firm using standard
         valuation techniques.  An amount of $14.9 was allocated to identifiable
         intangible assets which include  completed and in-

                                       59
<PAGE>

         process research and development,  trademarks,  and the tradename.  The
         purchase transaction was summarized as follows:

           Net assets acquired, at approximate fair value:
           Current assets                                                 $  7.1
           Capital assets                                                   15.6
                                                                    ------------
           Total assets                                                     22.7

           Current liabilities                                               1.1
                                                                    ------------

           Total net assets                                               $ 21.6
                                                                    ============

           Cash consideration                                             $ 21.6
                                                                    ============

(E)      On January 31,  1997,  the Company  acquired the business and assets of
         Global Village  Communication (U.K.) Limited, an ISDN solution provider
         based in the  United  Kingdom,  for cash  consideration  of $5.1.  This
         acquisition was accounted for by the purchase  accounting  method.  The
         difference  between  the  purchase  price  and the  fair  value  of the
         acquired  net assets  amounted  to $3.3,  all of which was  recorded as
         goodwill. The purchase transaction is summarized as follows:

         Net assets acquired, at approximate fair value:
           Current assets                                                 $  3.1
           Capital assets                                                    1.0
           Goodwill                                                          3.3
                                                                    ------------

           Total assets                                                      7.4

           Current liabilities                                               2.3
                                                                    ------------

           Total net assets                                               $  5.1
                                                                    ============

           Cash consideration                                             $  5.1
                                                                    ============

23.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         During the year ended March 26, 1999, the Company sold to and purchased
         from  jointly  controlled  and  significantly   influenced  enterprises
         products and services valued at approximately $3.8 (1998 - $2.5; 1997 -
         $8.1) and $1.0 (1998 - $nil; 1997 - $nil) respectively.

24.      INFORMATION ON BUSINESS SEGMENTS

Reportable segments,  known as "business segments", are defined as components of
an enterprise  about which  separate  financial  information is available and is
used regularly by the chief operating  decision makers to evaluate the segment's
performance  and assess future cash flow.  Mitel's chief  decision  making group
includes  the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Board of  Directors  and  certain
executives in each of the operating segments at Mitel.

Reportable  segments  are  business  units that  offer  different  products  and
services that are managed  separately  because of their different  manufacturing
and distribution  processes.  The Company's reportable business segments include
the Mitel  Communications  Systems ("Systems") group and the Mitel Semiconductor
("Semiconductor") group.

Mitel   Communications   Systems  provides   enterprises  with  voice  and  data
communications systems; complete private networks,  including remote teleworking
solutions;  unified  messaging  and  call-center  applications;  CTI systems and
applications;  and it also supplies  competitive  carriers  with public  network
access products. All of Mitel's service revenue relates to Systems.

Mitel Semiconductor  provides connectivity  solutions for the communications and
medical industries with a product range which includes components for both wired
and wireless  networks;  microelectronics  for enabling the convergence of voice
and data;  optoelectronic  devices for high-speed  Internet systems;  and, also,
applications-specific  integrated

                                       60
<PAGE>

circuits ("ASICs") for medical applications such as pacemakers and hearing-aids.

The Company evaluates the performance and allocates resources based on operating
income from  continuing  operations,  which excludes any  intersegment  sales of
products and  services.  Mitel does not allocate  amortization  of  intangibles,
special  charges,  interest  revenue or interest expense and income taxes to its
reportable  segments.  In  addition,  total  assets  are not  allocated  to each
segment;  however,  depreciation  of capital assets is allocated to the segments
based on the asset usage. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are
the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Unallocated
           1999                                         Systems         Semiconductor           costs           Total
                                                       -----------    ------------------    --------------    -----------

<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>              <C>            <C>
           Total external sales revenue                   $ 752.7               $ 557.7          $      -       $1,310.4
           Amortization of buildings and equipment           20.9                  84.9                 -          105.8
           Amortization of acquired intangibles                 -                     -              22.4           22.4
           Special charges (net)                                -                     -              10.1           10.1
           Segment's operating income (loss) from
             continuing operations                           61.2                  54.1             (32.5)          82.8

                                                                                             Unallocated
           1998                                         Systems         Semiconductor           costs           Total
                                                       -----------    ------------------    --------------    -----------

           Total external sales revenue                   $ 566.8               $ 314.6          $      -        $ 881.4
           Amortization of buildings and equipment           18.2                  30.8                 -           49.0
           Amortization of acquired intangibles                 -                     -                1.8           1.8
           Special charges (net)                                -                     -                 -              -
           Segment's operating income (loss) from
             continuing operations                           42.3                  83.5              (1.8)         124.0


                                                                                             Unallocated
           1997                                         Systems         Semiconductor           costs           Total
                                                       -----------    ------------------    --------------    -----------

           Total external sales revenue                   $ 474.5               $ 221.0          $      -        $ 695.5
           Amortization of buildings and equipment           15.1                  17.7                 -           32.8
           Amortization of acquired intangibles                 -                     -               0.7            0.7
           Special charges (net)                                -                     -              13.0           13.0
           Segment's operating income (loss) from
             continuing operations                            7.1                  58.0             (13.7)          51.4

Geographic Segments

Revenues from external  customers are attributed to countries  based on location
of the selling organization. Geographic information is as follows:

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999                                   1998                         1997
                                      ----------- --------- -------------    ----------- --------- -------------     -----------
                                                              Goodwill                               Goodwill
                                                   Fixed     and other                    Fixed     and other
                                       Revenue     assets   intangibles       Revenue     assets   intangibles        Revenue
                                      ----------- --------- -------------    ----------- --------- -------------     -----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>             <C>
          Canada                        $  142.8    $128.9        $ 23.9         $141.0    $120.6        $ 22.1          $113.4
          United States                    591.6      11.5          31.3          405.7       7.2           5.6           312.9
          United Kingdom                   502.2     343.4          22.7          284.2     383.6           1.7           204.4
          Sweden                            30.2      23.5             -           29.9      36.9             -            43.6
          Other foreign countries           43.6       0.4           2.2           20.6       1.0           1.9            21.2
                                      ----------- --------- -------------    ----------- --------- -------------     -----------

          Consolidated total            $1,310.4    $507.7        $ 80.1         $881.4    $549.3        $ 31.3          $695.5
                                      =========== ========= =============    =========== ========= =============     ===========

</TABLE>

                                       61
<PAGE>


Major Customers

No single  customer  accounted for 10% or more of the Company's  revenue for the
last three fiscal years. In addition, the Company is not dependent on any single
customer or group of customers, or suppliers.

25.      UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have been prepared in accordance  with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada (Canadian GAAP) which, in the
case of the Company,  conform in all material  respects with those in the United
States (U.S.  GAAP) and with the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission (SEC), except as follows:

(A)      Under  Canadian  GAAP,  unrealized  and  realized  gains and  losses on
         foreign currency  transactions  identified as hedges may be deferred as
         long as there is reasonable assurance that the hedge will be effective.
         Under  U.S.  GAAP,   deferral  is  allowed  only  on  foreign  currency
         transactions  intended  to hedge  identifiable  firm  foreign  currency
         commitments.

(B)      Under  Canadian  GAAP,  investments in joint ventures are recognized in
         the financial  statements of the venturer by applying the proportionate
         consolidation method of accounting.  Under U.S. GAAP, equity accounting
         is  applied  to  investments  in  joint  ventures  when  preparing  the
         consolidated financial statements of the venturer.

(C)      Under  Canadian  GAAP,  stock issue costs are shown as an adjustment to
         retained earnings. The carrying amount of capital stock is shown net of
         issue costs under U.S. GAAP.

(D)      Redeemable  preferred  shares are  excluded from  shareholders'  equity
         under requirements of the SEC.

(E)      Reductions  in stated  capital and deficit are not recorded  under U.S.
         GAAP. The Company had previously  undertaken stated capital and deficit
         reductions in fiscal years 1985, 1986, 1987 and 1992.

(F)      The   Company   implemented   SFAS  130  in  Fiscal   1999,   regarding
         comprehensive income for purposes of reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. Under
         U.S. GAAP, items defined as other comprehensive  income such as foreign
         currency  translation  adjustments,  are  separately  classified in the
         financial statements and the accumulated balance of other comprehensive
         income  (loss) is reported  separately in  shareholders'  equity on the
         balance sheet.

(G)      The Company  implemented  SFAS 109,  Accounting  for Income  Taxes,  in
         Fiscal 1994 for purposes of  reconciliation  to U.S.  GAAP. As at March
         26, 1999, the Company's  deferred tax asset,  primarily  related to the
         benefit of realizing  investment  tax credit,  loss  carryforwards  and
         timing  differences,  net of a  valuation  allowance  of $80.0  (1998 -
         $85.5),  was  $29.3  (1998 -  $42.7),  and  deferred  tax  liabilities,
         primarily  related to  buildings  and  equipment,  were  $23.2  (1998 -
         $27.1).  The  application of this method also gives rise to differences
         in  the   allocation   of   consideration   with  respect  to  business
         combinations  which  may  result in the  recognition  of  deferred  tax
         balances.  Subsequent realization of any unrecognized tax benefits will
         be applied to reduce  any  remaining  goodwill  or  intangibles  of the
         related acquisitions, before being reported in net income for U.S. GAAP
         purposes.

(H)      Under U.S.  GAAP the fully  diluted  earnings  per share is computed in
         accordance  with the  treasury  stock  method and based on the weighted
         average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents.

(I)      Purchased R&D under Canadian GAAP is capitalized and amortized over the
         remaining useful life of the technology to which it relates. Under U.S.
         GAAP,  the  purchased  in-process  R&D  is  expensed  at  the  time  of
         acquisition.  The Company has not established the technical feasibility
         of the in-process R&D and it has no alternative future use.

(J)      As allowed  under SFAS 123,  accounting  for stock based  compensation,
         management  has  determined  that it will continue to apply  Accounting
         Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25 (APB  25),  in  accounting  for its
         employee  stock  options for purposes of  reconciliation  to U.S.  GAAP
         because the alternative fair value  accounting  provided for under SFAS
         123 requires the use of option valuation models that were not developed
         for use in valuing  employee stock options.  In accordance with Company
         policy,  the exercise  price of the  Company's  employee  stock options
         equals the market price of the  underlying  stock on the date of grant.
         Accordingly under the rules of APB 25, no related  compensation expense
         was recorded in the Company's results of operations for U.S.
         GAAP purposes.

                                       62
<PAGE>

(K)      Under Canadian GAAP, exchange gains or losses related to translation of
         foreign currency denominated  long-term monetary items are deferred and
         amortized  over the  remaining  life of the  items.  Under  U.S.  GAAP,
         deferral is not  allowed  and such gains or losses are  included in the
         determination of net income.

(L)      Under  Canadian  GAAP,  certain  costs  related to the  acquirer may be
         recognized  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  when  accounting  for
         business  combinations.  These  costs,  subject to certain  conditions,
         qualify  where  they are a  direct  substitute  for  costs  that  would
         otherwise be incurred with respect to the acquired business. Under U.S.
         GAAP,  only costs  relating  directly to the  acquired  business may be
         considered in the purchase price allocation.

(M)      The  Company  implemented  SFAS 131  "Disclosure  about  Segments of an
         Enterprise  and Related  Information"  and has  provided  the  required
         disclosure in note 24.

(N)      The Company has adopted SFAS 132 "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions
         and  Other  Postretirement  Benefits"  and has  provided  the  required
         disclosure.

(O)      The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board has  issued  Statement  of
         Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
         Instruments  and  Hedging   Activities"  ("SFAS  133")  which  will  be
         effective  for the  Company's  March 31, 2002 year end. The Company has
         not  determined  the  impact,  if  any,  of this  pronouncement  on its
         consolidated financial statements.

The following  table  reconciles the net income as reported on the  consolidated
statements  of income to the net income  that would have been  reported  had the
financial  statements  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  and the
requirements  of the SEC.  The  proportionate  consolidation  method  for  joint
ventures does not affect the measurement of income or  shareholders'  equity and
therefore is not addressed in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1999            1998           1997
                                                                                      ------------- --------------- --------------

<S>                                                                                          <C>             <C>            <C>
           Net income from continuing operations in accordance with                          $ 40.5          $ 92.0         $ 38.0
            Canadian GAAP

           Write-off of acquired in-process technology                                         (5.5)           (2.7)             -
           Amortization of acquired in-process technology                                       2.3             0.2              -
           Effect of deferral accounting related to foreign exchange contracts                  1.4             0.4           (7.2)
           Translation of foreign currency denominated debt                                   (14.1)            6.4              -
           Adjustment to deferred income taxes                                                (16.3)            6.1           10.2
           Acquirer's redundancy provisions                                                    (3.4)          (12.4)             -
                                                                                      -------------- --------------- --------------

           U.S. GAAP and SEC requirements:
           Net income from continuing operations                                                4.9            90.0           41.0

           Income (loss) from discontinued operations                                           2.0            (0.1)             -
           Estimated loss on disposal of discontinued operations                              (16.3)              -              -
                                                                                      -------------- --------------- --------------
                                                                                              (14.3)           (0.1)             -
                                                                                      -------------- --------------- --------------
           Net income (loss)                                                                   (9.4)           89.9           41.0
           Less: dividends on cumulative preferred shares                                       3.2             3.2            3.2
                                                                                      -------------- --------------- --------------
           Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders                            $ (12.6)        $  86.7        $  37.8
                                                                                      ============== =============== ==============

           Net income per common share from continuing operations:
              Basic and diluted                                                             $  0.01         $  0.80         $ 0.35

           Net income (loss) per common share:
              Basic and diluted                                                              $(0.11)        $  0.80         $ 0.35

           Weighted average shares for basic EPS (millions)                                   114.0           107.8          107.3
           Weighted average shares on conversion of stock options (millions)                    1.5             1.1            1.2
                                                                                      ============== =============== ==============
           Adjusted weighted average shares and share equivalents (millions)                  115.5           108.9          108.5
                                                                                      ============== =============== ==============
</TABLE>
                                       63
<PAGE>

The following  options were excluded in the computation of diluted  earnings per
share from continuing  operations  because the options'  exercise price exceeded
the average market price of the common shares and,  therefore,  the effect would
be  antidilutive:  options  outstanding  for the year  ended  March 26,  1999 to
purchase 3,142,250 (1998 - 3,167,250;  1997 - 647,000) shares of common stock at
an average exercise price of $17.90 (1998 - $17.69; 1997 - $9.31) per share.

The components of comprehensive income are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1999            1998           1997
                                                                              ---------------- -------------- -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
           Net income (loss) - U.S. GAAP                                             $   (9.4)       $  89.9       $  41.0
           Change in foreign currency adjustment                                         22.4            3.3          (0.8)
                                                                              ---------------- -------------- -------------
           Comprehensive income                                                      $   13.0        $  93.2       $  40.2
                                                                              ================ ============== =============

                                                                                   1999            1998
                                                                              ---------------- --------------
           Balance sheet items, which vary, in conformity with U.S. GAAP
             And SEC requirements:
           Prepaid and other assets:  Current deferred tax asset                     $    8.8       $   11.8
           Fixed assets                                                              $  487.6       $  525.1
           Acquired intangible assets                                                $   51.1       $   11.4
           Long-term receivables:  Long-term deferred tax asset                      $   20.5       $   23.6
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                  $  261.2       $  284.5
           Shareholders' equity:
             Redeemable preferred shares                                             $   34.4       $   34.4
             Common shares                                                           $  772.4       $  606.0
             Contributed surplus                                                     $    2.5       $    2.5
             Accumulated other comprehensive income                                  $   28.2       $    5.8
             Deficit                                                                 $ (221.6)      $ (209.0)

</TABLE>

Pro Forma financial  information  required by SFAS 123 has been determined as if
the Company had accounted for its employee stock options using the Black-Scholes
fair value option pricing model with the following weighted-average  assumptions
for fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1999            1998           1997
                                                                              ---------------- -------------- -------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>            <C>           <C>
           U.S. GAAP Pro Forma net income (loss) attributable to
            common shareholders after preferred dividends                              $(23.3)        $ 84.0        $ 36.6

           U.S. GAAP Pro Forma net income (loss) per common share:
             Basic                                                                     $(0.20)        $ 0.78        $ 0.34
             Diluted                                                                   $(0.20)        $ 0.77        $ 0.34

                                                                                   1999            1998           1997
                                                                              ---------------- -------------- -------------
           Risk-free interest rate                                                      5.04%          5.30%         5.45%
           Dividend yield                                                                 nil            nil           nil
           Volatility factor of the expected market price
             of the Company's common stock                                              0.495          0.483         0.565
           Weighted-average expected life of the options                              6 years        6 years       6 years

</TABLE>

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions  and are fully
transferable.  In addition,  option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective  assumptions  including the expected stock price volatility.  Because
the  Company's  employee  stock  options  have   characteristics   significantly
different from those of traded  options,  and because  changes in the subjective
input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion,  the  existing  models do not  necessarily  provide a  reliable  single
measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

For purposes of Pro Forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the options
is  amortized to expense over the  options'  vesting  period on a  straight-line
basis (see also note 14).

26.      PENSION PLANS

         The Company  maintains  several defined  contribution and three defined
         benefit  pension plans for its employees.  Pension expense was $10.2 in
         Fiscal 1999 (1998 - $6.4; 1997 - $4.8).

                                       64
<PAGE>


         (A)      Defined Contribution Pension Plans

                  Both the Company and the  employees  contribute to these plans
                  based on the employees' earnings.

         (B)      Defined Benefit Pension Plans

                  The Company's  policy is to fund defined benefit pension plans
                  in accordance  with  independent  actuarial  valuations and as
                  permitted by pension regulatory authorities.

                  There are two  contributory  defined  benefit plans that cover
                  substantially all employees of Mitel Telecom Limited and Mitel
                  Semiconductor  Limited ("MSL"),  two wholly owned subsidiaries
                  of the Company.  These plans provide pension benefits based on
                  length of service  and final  pensionable  earnings.  Employee
                  contributions  are based on  pensionable  earnings.  Actuarial
                  reports  in  connection  with  these  defined  benefit  plans,
                  updated  to March  26,  1999,  were  based on  projections  of
                  employees' compensation levels to the time of retirement.

                  For  purposes of an actuarial  valuation,  pension fund assets
                  were valued using the  discounted  income  method.  Under this
                  approach,  the value of the assets is obtained  by  estimating
                  the  receipts  which will arise in the future  from the plan's
                  investments and then  discounting the amounts to the valuation
                  date, at the valuation rate of return on assets.

                  The MSL pension plan was  implemented  on February 1, 1999 and
                  employees  will  be  eligible  to  pension  benefits  after  a
                  two-year  period from the  implementation  date. The actuarial
                  present value of MSL accrued  pension  benefits was $nil as at
                  March 26, 1999.

                  The third defined  benefit plan covers all employees  over the
                  age of  twenty-eight in Sweden and provides  pension  benefits
                  based on length of  service  and final  pensionable  earnings.
                  There  are  no  pension  fund  assets  under  the  plan.   The
                  associated  pension  liability is calculated  each year by the
                  Pension Registration  Institute and is insured in its entirety
                  by Forsakringsbolaget Pensionsagaranti.  The pension liability
                  of $13.2 (72.7 SEK) (1998 - $12.2 (67.9 SEK)) was  actuarially
                  determined  based on the present  value of the accrued  future
                  pension  benefits and in accordance  with  applicable laws and
                  regulations in Sweden.

The  following  table  shows the plans'  funded  status  reconciled  with amount
reported  in the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  and  the  assumptions  used in
determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1999            1998
                                                                      ---------------- --------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>
   Change in accrued pension benefits:
     Benefit obligation at beginning of year                                  $  84.4        $  61.2
     Service cost                                                                 5.8            4.6
     Interest cost                                                                5.6            4.6
     Plan participants' contributions                                            (2.0)          (1.2)
     Actuarial loss                                                               1.5           12.0
     Benefits paid                                                               (0.7)          (0.7)
     Foreign exchange                                                             1.9            3.9
                                                                      ---------------- --------------
     Benefit obligation at end of year                                        $  96.5        $  84.4
                                                                      ---------------- --------------

   Change in plan assets:
     Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year                           $  70.3        $  53.5
     Actual return on plan assets                                                 7.0           12.4
     Employer contributions                                                       3.3            1.2
     Benefits paid                                                               (0.7)          (0.7)
     Foreign exchange                                                             1.7            3.9
                                                                      ---------------- --------------
     Fair value of plan assets at end of year                                 $  81.6        $  70.3
                                                                      ---------------- --------------

   Unfunded status                                                              (14.9)         (14.1)
   Unrecognized net actuarial loss                                                1.7            1.9
                                                                      ================ ==============
   Accrued benefit cost                                                       $ (13.2)       $ (12.2)
                                                                      ================ ==============

</TABLE>
                                       65
<PAGE>

   Assumptions:
     Discount rate                                  6%-8%          6%-8.5%
     Compensation increase rate                     3%-6%          3%-6.5%
     Investment return assumption                    8%             8.5%


27.      FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(A)  Fair value

         The Company's financial  instruments include cash and cash equivalents,
         short-term  investments,  accounts receivable,  long-term  receivables,
         accounts payable,  long-term debt,  interest swaps and foreign exchange
         contracts. Due to the short-term maturity of cash and cash equivalents,
         short-term  investments  and accounts  payable,  the carrying values of
         these  instruments  are reasonable  estimates of their fair value.  The
         fair value of the foreign  exchange  contracts  reflects the  estimated
         amount  that the Company  would have been  required to pay if forced to
         settle  all  outstanding   contracts  at  year-end.   This  fair  value
         represents  a  point-in-time  estimate  that  may  not be  relevant  in
         predicting the Company's  future earnings or cash flows. The fair value
         of financial  instruments  approximate  their  carrying  value with the
         following exceptions:

                                              1999                     1998
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                      Carrying      Fair   Carrying     Fair
                                       amount      value    amount     value
                                     ----------- -------- ----------- ----------
Long-term debt:
   Capital leases and other              $ 90.5    $ 87.4    $ 84.5    $ 83.8
   Non-interest bearing 1996
     Canada-Quebec government loan          4.2       3.2       3.8       3.0

Derivatives
   Interest rate swap                         -       1.9         -         -


(B)  Derivative financial instruments

         The Company operates  globally,  and therefore may experience risk that
         earnings and cash flows may be adversely  impacted by  fluctuations  in
         foreign exchange. The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage
         foreign  exchange  risk.  The  notional  amounts for  foreign  exchange
         contracts  represent the U.S. dollar equivalent of an amount exchanged.
         Generally,   foreign  exchange  contracts  are  designated  for  firmly
         committed or forecasted  sales and purchases that are expected to occur
         in less than one year. Most of the foreign  exchange  contracts  mature
         within three months with the longest  maturity  extending to two years.
         At March 26,  1999,  deferred  gains  totalled  $3.4  (1998 - $0.9) and
         deferred  losses  totalled  $3.6 (1998 - $12.8).  The  following  table
         presents  the  net  notional  amounts  of  these  derivative  financial
         instruments in U.S. dollars:

Buy (Sell): (U.S. dollars)                         1999          1998
                                               ------------- -------------

Foreign exchange contracts:
  British pounds                                    $(142.3)      $(189.4)
  Canadian dollars                                    101.2         171.8
  Swedish krona                                         8.8           6.1
  Euro                                                 (6.0)            -
  Italian lira                                         (5.2)         (0.4)
  French francs                                        (3.7)         (0.6)
  Other                                                (5.0)          0.8
                                               ============= =============
Total                                               $ (52.2)      $ (11.7)
                                               ============= =============

         In addition,  foreign  exchange  contracts of $11.5 British pounds were
         outstanding as at March 27, 1998 to buy the following currencies:  $7.1
         U.S. dollars,  32.4 French francs,  2.7 Deutsche marks,  646.7 Japanese
         yen and 977.0 Italian lira.

                                       66
<PAGE>


         On March 12, 1998,  the Company  entered into an interest  rate swap to
         fix the  interest  on a  portion  of the  AXELs  Series  B loan and the
         Tranche A Term Loan for a  notional  amount  of $224.5  (U.S.  $157.0).
         Since  then,  it has been  reduced to $219.7  (U.S.  $145.8),  which is
         sufficient  to cover  the  total  outstanding  balance  of the two term
         loans.  The base  interest  rate  was  fixed  at 5.79  percent  and the
         contract  matures on March 2001.  This interest rate swap is considered
         to be an  effective  hedge of the  variable  interest  rate on the term
         loans.  The  Company  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  in  the  event  of
         non-performance,   but  does  not  anticipate  non-performance  by  the
         counterparty.

(C)  Credit risk

         The Company's  financial assets that are exposed to credit risk consist
         primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,   short-term  investments,
         accounts receivable and derivative contracts. Cash and cash equivalents
         and  short-term  investments  are invested in government and commercial
         paper with investment grade credit rating.

         The Company is exposed to normal credit risk from  customers.  However,
         the  Company's  orientation  is global  with a large  number of diverse
         customers to minimize concentrations of credit risk.

         Mitel is exposed to credit risk in the event of  non-performance by its
counterparties  on its foreign  exchange  contracts and interest rate swap.  The
Company does not anticipate non-performance, by any of the counterparties, as it
deals with  counterparties  who are major  financial  institutions.  The Company
anticipates  the  counterparties   will  satisfy  their  obligations  under  the
contracts.

(D)  Interest rate risk

         The Company is not exposed to significant interest rate risk due to the
         short-term maturity of its monetary assets and current liabilities.

(E)  Unused bank lines of credit

         The Company has a line of credit for $113.0 (U.S.$75.0), of which up to
         $30.1  (U.S.$20.0)  is  available  for letters of credit.  At March 26,
         1999,  $2.3  (U.S.$1.5)  (1998  -  $8.7)  in  letters  of  credit  were
         outstanding  against this credit facility,  thus the Company had unused
         and available  demand bank lines of credit  amounting to  approximately
         $110.7  (U.S.$73.5)  (1998 - $97.3) at a rate of interest  based on the
         LIBOR (5.0 percent), plus 2 percent.

28.      SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION

                                                1999        1998       1997
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
Net change in non-cash  working capital
balances related to operating activities:

Accounts receivable                           $   (22.4)   $  (65.6)   $   (9.8)
Inventories                                       (28.7)       (6.3)      (11.6)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities          (75.4)       28.9        10.3
Deferred revenue                                    3.0         5.1         2.9
Other                                               0.3       (12.3)        1.6
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
                                               $ (123.2)   $  (50.2)   $   (6.6)
                                             =========== =========== ===========
Cash interest paid                           $     38.7  $      9.0    $    3.8
                                             =========== =========== ===========
Cash taxes paid                              $     17.2  $      6.5    $    6.8
                                             =========== =========== ===========

29.      COMPARATIVE FIGURES

         Certain of the 1998 and 1997 comparative figures have been reclassified
         so as to conform to the presentation adopted in 1999.

                                       67
<PAGE>


Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure

         None
                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Directors

         The  following  table sets forth the name,  age and  position  with the
Company of each director and nominee for director of the Company.

Name                        Age      Director Since          Positions


Andre Borrel                62       July 23, 1998           Director

Jean-Jacques Carrier(4)     48       October 28, 1998        Director

Anthony L. Craig(2)         53       May 16, 1996            Director

Hubert T. Lacroix(1,3,4)    43       July 21, 1992           Director

Kirk K. Mandy(3,4)          43       July 23, 1998           Director, President
                                                               and CEO
Donald G. McIntyre          51       July 23, 1998           Director

Dr. John B. Millard         60       February 4, 1993        Director

Donald W. Paterson(1,2)     66       May 16, 1996            Director

Dr. Henry Simon(3,4)        69       July 21, 1992           Director and
                                                               Chairman

Peter van Cuylenburg(1,4)   51       March 15, 1996          Director

Jonathan I. Wener(2)        48       July 21, 1992           Director

(1)      Member of the Audit Committee (established in accordance with the
         Canada Business Corporations Act)
(2)      Member of the Compensation and Human Resources Development Committee
(3)      Member of the Nominating Committee
(4)      Member of the Executive Committee

         Mr.  Borrel has been an  independent  consultant  to the  semiconductor
industry since 1995. From 1967 to 1994, he served in senior management positions
with Motorola, Inc. in Europe and the United States. Mr. Borrel is a director of
Chartered Semiconductors Manufacturing in Singapore,  Microchemical System SA in
Switzerland and Terosil in the Czech Republic.

         Mr. Carrier joined the Company in 1993 as Vice President of Finance and
Chief  Financial  Officer and became Senior Vice  President of Finance and Chief
Financial Officer in January, 1999.

         Mr.  Craig is President of Tamandra  Inc., a private  investment  firm.
From  1996 to 1998  he was and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Global  Knowledge
Network.  From October 1993 to January 1996, he was Vice  President,  World Wide
Sales  Operations of Digital  Equipment  Corporation  and from June 1992 to June
1993, he was Senior

                                       68
<PAGE>

Vice  President,  International  for  Oracle  Corporation.  Mr. Craig is  also a
director of Bell Industries and Global Knowledge Network.

         Mr. Lacroix has been a partner with McCarthy  Tetrault (law firm) since
1984. Mr. Lacroix practices in the areas of securities, commercial and corporate
law.  He is also a director  of  Michelin  Canada  Inc.,  Donohue  Inc.  and ITS
Investments Limited Partnership and acts as non-executive  Chairman of the Board
of Directors of Telemedia  Communications Inc. and of Gasbeau Company and is the
chairman  of  the  securities   advisory  committee  to  the  Quebec  Securities
Commission.

         Mr. Mandy was appointed  President and Chief Executive  Officer on July
23, 1998.  From January 1997 until July 1998, he was Vice  President and General
Manager, Business Communications Systems and Vice President and General Manager,
Semiconductor  Division from November 1992 to December 1996. Mr. Mandy served as
Vice President, Research and Development from February 1991 to November 1992, as
Vice President,  Product  Development  from August 1990 to January 1991 and Vice
President,  Technical  Planning from May 1990 to July 1990. Mr. Mandy joined the
Company in 1984.

         Mr.  McIntyre  joined the  Company in 1987 as Vice  President,  General
Counsel  and  Secretary  and became Vice  President,  Human  Resources,  General
Counsel and  Secretary  in 1991.  In October 1998 he was  appointed  Senior Vice
President of Human Resources,  General Counsel and Secretary.  Mr. McIntyre also
served as a director of the Company from 1993 to 1996.

         Dr. Millard joined the Company in 1993 as President and Chief Executive
Officer. Dr. Millard retired from the Company in 1998.

         Mr. Paterson has been President of Cavandale  Corporation,  a strategic
advisor,  since  September  1988.  Mr.  Paterson is also  Chairman of  NewGrowth
Corporation and Utility Corporation and a director of Telepanel Systems Inc. and
Microforum Inc.

         Dr. Simon is Chairman of Schroder  Ventures Life Sciences  Advisers,  a
venture capital company advising on investments in the life sciences.  From 1994
to 1996,  he was Chief  Executive  Officer of Schroder  Ventures  Life  Sciences
Advisers and, from 1987 to 1996, he was a partner of Schroder Venture  Advisers,
a venture  capital  group in London,  United  Kingdom.  He is  chairman of Leica
Microsystems  and Strides Arcolab as well as a director of Laservision  Inc. and
Chemunex S.A. Dr. Simon has been  Chairman of the  Company's  Board of Directors
since July 21, 1994.

         Mr. van Cuylenburg has been President,  DLT & Storage Systems Group, of
Quantum  Corporation  since September 1996. From January 1996 to August 1996, he
was an independent  consultant to Xerox Corporation.  From July 1993 to December
1995, he was Executive Vice President of Xerox  Corporation  and from April 1992
to May 1993, he was  President of Next  Computer.  Mr. van  Cuylenburg is also a
director of QAD Inc.

         Mr. Wener has been  Director,  Principal  Shareholder  and President of
Canderel Holdings Inc., a real estate investment company,  since 1983. Mr. Wener
is a founding member of the Urban Development  Institute of Quebec. Mr. Wener is
also a director of Laurentian Bank of Canada.

         There  are  no  family  relationships  among  directors,  nominees  for
director or executive officers of the Company.  Under the terms of the Company's
By-Laws and the Canada  Business  Corporations  Act, a majority of the directors
must be resident Canadians.

                                       69

<PAGE>


Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

General

         In February  1995,  The Toronto Stock  Exchange  Committee on Corporate
Governance in Canada  issued its final report  containing a series of guidelines
for effective corporate governance (the "Governance Guidelines"). The Governance
Guidelines,  which are not mandatory,  deal with the  constitution  of boards of
directors and board committees, their functions, the effectiveness and education
of board members, their independence from management and other means of ensuring
sound corporate  governance.  The Toronto Stock Exchange has, in accordance with
the recommendations  contained in such report,  adopted as a listing requirement
that  disclosure  be made by each  listed  company of its  corporate  governance
system with reference to the Governance  Guidelines.  In July 1995, The Montreal
Exchange also adopted such listing  requirement and issued guidelines similar to
the Governance Guidelines.

         The Board of Directors of the Company has always  endorsed the concept,
principles  and practices of sound  corporate  governance  and believes that the
Company is in substantial compliance with the Governance Guidelines.

         The  following  is a  summary  of  the  particulars  of the  system  of
corporate governance of the Company.

Mandate of the Board

         The mandate of the Board of Directors is to supervise the management of
the business and affairs of the Company with a view to evaluating, on an ongoing
basis,  whether the Company's resources are being managed in a manner consistent
with enhancing  shareholder value,  ethical  considerations and corporate social
responsibility.  In order to better fulfill its mandate,  the Board of Directors
has formally acknowledged its responsibility for, among other matters:

         (i) reviewing and approving,  at the beginning of each fiscal year, the
business  plan,  capital  budget and  financial  goals of the Company as well as
longer  term  strategic   plans  prepared  and  elaborated  by  management  and,
throughout the year, monitoring the achievement of the objectives set;

         (ii) ensuring that it is properly  informed,  on a timely basis, of all
important  issues  (including   environmental,   cash  management  and  business
development  issues) and  developments  involving  the Company and its  business
environment;

         (iii)  identifying,   with  management,  the  principal  risks  of  the
Company's business and the systems put in place to manage these risks as well as
monitoring, on a regular basis, the adequacy of such systems;

         (iv)     ensuring proper succession planning, including appointing,
training and monitoring senior executives;

         (v)      assessing performance of senior executives;

         (vi)     ensuring proper communication with shareholders, customers and
governments; and

         (vii)  monitoring  the  efficiency of internal  control and  management
information systems, and has taken, when necessary, specific measures in respect
of such matters.

Composition of the Board and of its Committees

         The  Governance  Guidelines  recommend  that a board  of  directors  be
constituted of a majority of individuals  who qualify as "unrelated  directors."
The Governance  Guidelines  define an "unrelated  director" as a

                                       70

<PAGE>

director who is  independent of management and is free from any interest and any
business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to,
materially  interfere with the director's ability to act with a view to the best
interests of the Company,  other than interests and  relationships  arising from
shareholding.

         The Board of Directors,  currently  composed of four related  directors
out of ten  board  members,  complies  with such  recommendations.  Jean-Jacques
Carrier,  Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer,  Kirk K.
Mandy,  President and Chief Executive Officer,  Donald G. McIntyre,  Senior Vice
President of Human Resources and General Counsel and Hubert T. Lacroix,  partner
of the Company's  principal legal advisors,  are considered to be related to the
Company.

         The  Governance  Guidelines  also  recommend  that a board of directors
should examine its size. The Board of Directors  believes that the number of ten
directors,  will be sufficient and appropriate to effectively  conduct business.
The Board of  Directors,  as  presently  constituted,  brings  together a mix of
skills,  backgrounds  and  individual  attributes  that the  Board of  Directors
considers appropriate to the stewardship of the Company.

         A further Governance  Guideline  recommends that the Audit Committee be
made up of outside and unrelated directors only. This guideline also states that
other board committees should be comprised of outside  directors,  a majority of
whom should be unrelated  directors.  The Company currently has four committees,
being the Audit  Committee,  the  Compensation  and Human Resources  Development
Committee  (the  "Compensation  Committee"),  the  Nominating  Committee and the
Executive Committee.  Certain of these committees, as presently constituted,  do
not comply  with the  Governance  Guideline  recommendations.  However,  for the
reasons  outlined  below,  the Board of Directors  has decided not to modify the
composition  of the committees at this time. It is the intention of the Board of
Directors  to  reevaluate  from  time to time  the  composition  of the  various
committees.

         The four  committees  of the Board of Directors  have been  established
with  specific  mandates and defined  authorities  with a view to assisting  the
Board of Directors in  efficiently  carrying out its  responsibilities.  Set out
below  is a  general  description  of the  committees  of the  Board  and  their
respective mandates.

Audit Committee

         The  mandate  of the Audit  Committee  is to review  (i) the annual and
interim financial  statements of the Company and certain other public disclosure
documents required by regulatory  authorities,  (ii) the nature and scope of the
annual audit as proposed by the auditors and management, (iii) with the auditors
and management,  the adequacy of the internal  accounting control procedures and
systems within the Company and (iv) with  management,  the risks inherent to the
Company's business and risk management programs,  including those related to the
environment and the health and safety of employees,  and to make recommendations
on a quarterly basis to the Board of Directors with respect thereto.

         The Audit Committee is presently  composed of three outside  directors,
two of whom are  unrelated:  Donald W. Paterson and Peter van Cuylenburg and one
of whom is related: Hubert T. Lacroix. In view of the historical contribution of
Mr. Lacroix,  the Board of Directors considered the participation of Mr. Lacroix
in the Audit  Committee to be essential and concluded that he should continue to
serve on such committee, on the condition that such committee be always composed
of a majority of unrelated directors.

Compensation Committee

         The  mandate of the  Compensation  Committee  is  outlined  below under
"Report on Executive  Compensation."  This mandate further  includes a review of
the compensation of directors to ensure the compensation  realistically reflects
the  responsibilities  and risk  involved in being an  effective  director.  The
Compensation  Committee is  presently  composed of three  outside and  unrelated
directors: Anthony L. Craig, Donald W. Paterson and Jonathan I. Wener.

                                       71

<PAGE>



Nominating Committee

         The  mandate  of the  Nominating  Committee  is to seek out and  review
potential  additional  Board of  Director  candidates  as  submitted  by  search
consultants  retained by the Company, to evaluate the structure,  responsibility
and   composition   of  committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  to  make
recommendations  to the Board of Directors with respect thereto.  The Nominating
Committee  is  presently  composed  of two  outside  directors,  one of  whom is
unrelated:  Dr. Henry Simon and one of whom is related:  Hubert T. Lacroix,  and
one  inside and  related  director:  Kirk K.  Mandy.  In view of the  historical
contribution  of Mr. Lacroix and the  contribution  to the Company of Mr. Mandy,
the Board of Directors considered the participation of Messrs. Lacroix and Mandy
in the  Nominating  Committee to be  essential  and  concluded  that they should
continue to serve on such committee.

Executive Committee

         The mandate of the  Executive  Committee is to  supervise,  control and
manage the  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  when the Board is not in
session in order to execute in a timely  fashion  corporate  plans and programs.
The Executive Committee is presently composed of three outside directors, two of
whom are unrelated:  Dr. Henry Simon and Peter van Cuylenburg and one of whom is
related:  Hubert T. Lacroix and two inside and related directors:  Kirk K. Mandy
and Jean-Jacques Carrier. In view of the historical contribution of Mr. Lacroix,
the  contribution  to the  Corporation  of the  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer, Kirk K. Mandy, and the focus on financial performance brought in by the
Senior Vice  President  of Finance  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  Jean-Jacques
Carrier, the Board of Directors considered the participation of Messrs. Lacroix,
Mandy and Carrier to be essential and  concluded  that they should serve on such
committee.

Independence from Management

         The Governance  Guidelines  state that the  independence  of a board is
most simply  achieved by  appointing a chair who is not a member of  management.
The Chairman of the Board is separate from management and ensures that the Board
can function independently of management.

Other

         The Board of Directors  considers  that  orienting  and  educating  new
directors is an important element of ensuring responsible  corporate governance.
By ensuring  that Board  members are  properly  informed of the  business of the
Company, the Board considers that it complies with the Governance Guidelines.

         A singular position description has been adopted for each non-executive
member of the  Board of  Directors.  The Board of  Directors  also  reviews  and
approves the annual corporate objectives of the Chief Executive Officer.

         The Board of Directors has determined to retain general  responsibility
for dealing with corporate  governance issues, while maintaining the flexibility
of asking certain committees of the Board to address specific issues as they may
arise from time to time. Therefore, a corporate governance committee will not be
created at this time.

         In  certain  circumstances,  it may be  appropriate  for an  individual
director  to engage an  outside  advisor  at the  expense  of the  Company.  The
Chairman of the Board will determine if the circumstances warrant the engagement
of an outside advisor.

                                       72

<PAGE>


Executive Officers

         The  names,  ages and  positions  with  the  Company  of the  executive
officers of the Company,  other than Mssrs. Carrier,  Mandy and McIntyre who are
listed in the table of directors, are as follows:

Name                                       Age      Positions

Paul Butcher                               37       Senior   Vice   President
                                                    (acting) and General
                                                    Manager,    Mitel
                                                    Communications Systems

Francois Cordeau                           41       Vice President and General
                                                    Manager, Mitel Semiconductor

Shirley J. Mears                           44       Vice President, Treasurer
Tim Saunders                               39       Vice President and
                                                    Corporate Controller
Moris Simson                               45       Senior Vice  President,
                                                    Strategy and  Corporate
                                                    Development  and Chief
                                                    Technology and Marketing
                                                    Officer

         Mr. Butcher was appointed  Senior Vice  President  (acting) and General
Manager, Mitel Communications Systems on May 21, 1999. From March 1997 until May
1999, he was Managing Director,  Business  Communications  Systems in the Europe
Middle East and Africa  ("EMEA")  Division  and prior to that Head of the Hybrid
Division  in EMEA from  December  1993 to March  1997.  Mr.  Butcher  joined the
Company in 1984.

         Mr. Cordeau was appointed  Senior Vice President and General Manager of
Mitel  Semiconductor  in October 1998.  From June 1997 until October 1998 he was
Vice President,  Semiconductor Operations. Between April 1996 and June 1997, Mr.
Cordeau served as Plant Director - Sweden, and from September 1992 to April 1996
as Plant Director - Bromont,  both within Mitel's  Semiconductor  business.  Mr.
Cordeau originally joined the Company in 1984.

         Ms. Mears was appointed  Vice  President,  Treasurer in April 1992. Ms.
Mears served as Vice President,  Corporate Taxation and Canadian Human Resources
from  April  1991 to March  1992 and Vice  President,  Corporate  Taxation  from
February 1990 to March 1991. Ms. Mears joined the Company in 1983.

         Mr.  Saunders was appointed Vice President and Corporate  Controller in
July 1998. Mr. Saunders served as Director,  Corporate Finance from July 1992 to
June 1997 and as Corporate  Controller from June 1997 to July 1998. Mr. Saunders
joined Mitel in 1992.

         Mr. Simson was appointed Senior Vice President,  Strategy and Corporate
Development  and Chief  Technology and Marketing  Officer in May 1999.  From May
1996 to April 1999, he was President of C*Quest Consulting and, previous to that
date, he was with the BCE Group of companies as Executive  Advisor in BCE Mobile
and Vice President of Nortel's Data Networks division since November 1992.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

         The  aggregate  compensation  paid by the Company to its  directors and
executive officers for services rendered during Fiscal 1999 was $3,413,507. This
amount  includes  salary,  bonuses,  car  allowances and other  perquisites  and
excludes the amount set out below for pension,  retirement and similar  benefits
paid to executive officers.

         The  aggregate  amount  set aside or  accrued  by the  Company  and its
subsidiaries  during  Fiscal 1999 for the provision of pension,  retirement  and
similar benefits to the directors,  executive  officers and one former executive

                                       73
<PAGE>

officer of the Company as a group was $245,094, excluding adjustments for market
value fluctuations  related to the current year and previous year accruals which
totaled a decrease of $53,715 for the above executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table

         The following table sets forth  compensation  information for the three
fiscal years ended March 26, 1999,  March 27, 1998,  and March 28, 1997, for the
Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO"),  former CEO and the four  other most  highly
compensated  executive  officers of the  Corporation  (collectively,  the "Named
Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Annual Compensation
                                          -----------------------------------------------     Long-Term
                                                                                             Compensation
                                                                                                Awards
                                                              Bonus           Other           Securities
            Name and                                         (Annual         Annual             Under            All Other
           Principal              Fiscal                    Incentive        Compen-           Options            Compen-
            Position               Year       Salary         Awards)        sation(1)          Granted           sation(3)
                                               ($)             ($)             ($)               (#)                ($)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                <C>       <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>                <C>
Kirk K. Mandy                      1999      434,089         100,000           --                 --              66,319
President and Chief                1998      289,206         270,000           --              100,000            47,458
Executive Officer                  1997      238,836         150,000           --               55,000            40,224

Dr. John B. Millard                1999      912,183           --              --                 --              27,458
Past President and Chief           1998      513,646         596,000           --               50,000           2,643,193
Executive Officer                  1997      508,136         125,000           --              100,000            82,867

Paul Butcher                       1999      267,285         58,729            --                 --              95,515
Senior Vice President (acting)     1998      231,586         76,730            --               67,000            18,907
and General Manager, Mitel         1997      169,349         68,287            --               5,000             40,121
Communications Systems

Jean-Jacques Carrier               1999      266,836         40,000            --                 --              42,668
Senior Vice President of           1998      254,916         307,500           --               80,000            40,901
Finance and Chief Financial        1997      248,019         57,500            --               30,000            39,690
Officer

Francois Cordeau                   1999      242,791         40,000        248,372(2)             --              36,971
Senior Vice President and          1998      207,189         185,625           --              100,000            42,083
General Manager, Mitel             1997      249,954         66,032          87,365             10,000             9,100
Semiconductor

Donald G. McIntyre                 1999      211,139         40,000          25,731               --              36,934
Senior Vice President,             1998      196,778         229,700           --               75,000            58,763
Human Resources, General           1997      190,944         37,500            --               25,000            113,691
Counsel and Secretary
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(1)  The value of  benefits  not  exceeding  the  lesser of  $50,000  and 10% of
     the sum of  salary  and  bonuses  has been  omitted for each of these Named
     Executive Officers.
(2)  Mr.  Cordeau  receives  cost of living  and other  benefits  under  Mitel's
     expatriate plan. Cost of living expenses  totaling $169,624 are included in
     this amount.
(3)  "All Other  Compensation"  includes  contributions  made and accrued by the
     Corporation to a defined contribution  pension plan, excluding  adjustments
     for market value fluctuations related to the current year and previous year
     accruals  which  totaled a  decrease  of  $50,789  for the Named  Executive
     Officers.  It also includes amounts for the exercise of stock options based
     on the  excess  of the  market  price of the  common  shares on the date of
     exercise over the exercise price thereof.

                                       74

<PAGE>


Employee Share Ownership Plan

         The  Employee  Share  Ownership  Plan  was  approved  by the  Board  of
Directors in May 1997. The purpose of this plan is to enable employees to invest
in  equity  shares of the  Company  through  employee  savings.  Employees  make
contributions  by means of payroll  deductions  and common shares of the Company
are purchased  twice per month by Montreal  Trust Company of Canada (the trustee
appointed to administer the plan) through normal market facilities.  The Company
pays all brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and other charges and expenses of
the purchase and sale of the common shares  except in  connection  with sales of
fewer than 100 shares, in which case the employee is responsible for such costs.

1991 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors

         The 1991 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors
(the "Option  Plan")  provides for the granting of  non-transferable  options to
purchase  common  shares to key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  of the
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,   as  determined  from  time  to  time  by  the
Compensation Committee.  The Option Plan was approved by the shareholders of the
Company at the 1991  Annual and  Special  Meeting of  Shareholders  and  certain
amendments  were approved by the  shareholders at the 1993, 1995 and 1998 Annual
and Special Meetings of Shareholders.

         All options  granted  under the Option Plan must be exercised  within a
maximum of ten years  following  the date of grant or such other shorter time or
times as may be determined by the  Compensation  Committee at the time of grant.
Under the terms of the Option  Plan,  up to 25  percent of the common  shares in
respect of each option may be  purchased  after one year from the date of grant,
up to 50 percent after two years from the date of grant,  up to 75 percent after
three years from the date of grant and up to 100  percent  after four years from
the date of grant or at such  other  time or times as may be  determined  by the
Compensation Committee at the time of grant.

         The price at which common  shares may be purchased  upon exercise of an
option is the average of the market price (as defined in the Option Plan) of the
common  shares on The Toronto  Stock  Exchange  for the five  trading day period
immediately preceding the date of grant.

         The Option Plan  provides  that, in the event of the death of an option
holder,  the  exercise  period of any options  unexercised  at the date of death
would be accelerated so that the option  holder's legal personal  representative
would be  permitted  to purchase  and take  delivery of all common  shares under
option and not  purchased or delivered at the date of death,  during the 180-day
period  following  such  option  holder's  death  (but  in no  event  after  the
expiration date of such option).

         The Option Plan also provides that, in the event of the  termination of
an  employee's  employment  for any  reason  other  than  cause  or  death,  the
employee's  options may be exercised,  to the extent the options are exercisable
as of the  termination  date,  within 30 days  following the date the employee's
employment is terminated;  provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the
Company  may,  in its  discretion,  amend the terms of any  option to permit the
employee to exercise such options as if such employee's  employment had not been
terminated, for up to a maximum of three years following the date of termination
of the employee's  employment (but in no event after the expiration date of such
option).  In the event the employee's  employment has been terminated for cause,
the  employee's  options  may be  exercised  only during the next  business  day
following  the date of personal  delivery of a written  notice by the Company to
the employee confirming such termination.

         The Option  Plan  further  provides  that,  in the event of a change of
control  (whether  in  fact  or in  law)  of  the  Company  which  results  in a
non-employee  director being  replaced,  the vesting period shall be waived with
respect  to the  options  then held by such  non-employee  director  in order to
permit the full exercise of all outstanding options then held by such person. In
the event that the  non-employee  director  ceases to act as a  director  of the
Company,  all options held by such  director  that are then  exercisable  may be
exercised  within 180 days following the  announcement of the quarterly  results
next following the date of resignation of such person

                                       75

<PAGE>

(but in no event after the expiration date of such option). The Option Plan also
provides that the  Compensation  Committee may determine that any option granted
under the Option Plan shall  include  provisions  which  accelerate  the date on
which an option shall become  exercisable  upon the  happening of such events as
the Compensation Committee may determine and as permitted in the Option Plan.

         Under the terms of the Option Plan, the maximum number of common shares
as to which  options may be granted is  16,000,000  (representing  approximately
13.7% of the common shares  outstanding as of May 28, 1999). As of May 28, 1999,
the  closing  price of the common  shares of the  Company on The  Toronto  Stock
Exchange was $7.60 and  therefore  the total market value as of such date of the
8,040,713 common shares  (excluding  2,746,112 common shares as to which options
have been previously  exercised) that are or may be subject to options  pursuant
to the Option Plan was $61,109,419.

         During  Fiscal  1999,  the  Company  granted  options to purchase up to
403,000  common  shares to 75  employees  and one  non-employee  director of the
Company at an average  exercise price of $19.40 per share,  of which options for
127,000  common  shares  were  granted to two  executive  officers at an average
exercise  price of $21.98 per share.  During Fiscal 1999,  one former  executive
officer of the Company exercised options to purchase 50,000 common shares having
an aggregate  net value  (being the market value less the exercise  price on the
date of the exercise) of $928,500 as of such date.

         As at May 28,  1999,  there  were  outstanding  under the  Option  Plan
options for an aggregate of 8,040,713 common shares at prices ranging from $1.10
to $30.00 per share and expiring at various dates through 2007. Of such options,
options for an aggregate of 1,370,800 common shares were held by seven executive
officers, three of whom are directors of the Company.

Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

         The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding  options
granted to the Named  Executive  Officers  under the Option Plan  during  Fiscal
1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Option Grants During Fiscal 1999

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Market Value
                                                % of Total                          of Securities
                                Securities        Options                             Underlying
                                   Under        Granted to        Exercise           Options/SARS
                                  Options        Employees           or              on the Date
                                  Granted        in Fiscal       Base Price            of Grant           Expiration
            Name                    (#)            1999         ($/Security)         ($/Security)            Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                               <C>              <C>            <C>                  <C>                    <C> <C>
Kirk K. Mandy                     100,000          26(1)          20.44(2)             21.65(2)          July 17, 2004
                                   20,000            5              30.00               21.65            July 17, 2004

John B. Millard                     n/a

Paul Butcher                        n/a

Jean-Jacques Carrier                n/a

Francois Cordeau                    n/a

Donald G. McIntyre                  n/a

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
                                       76
<PAGE>

(1) Options granted upon appointment as  President  and  Chief Executive Officer
(2) Exercise  price is determined by the five day averaging  formula as  defined
    in the Option Plan and market value is the price on the date of grant.


Year-End Option Values Table

         The  following  table  summarizes,  for  each  of the  Named  Executive
Officers,  the aggregate  options exercised during Fiscal 1999 and option values
at March 26, 1999.

                 Aggregated Options Exercised During Fiscal 1999
                        and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Securities     Aggregate                                             Value of Unexercised
                              Acquired        Value            Unexercised Options at             In-the-Money Options
           Name             On Exercise      Realized               March 26, 1999                  at March 26, 1999
                                (#)            ($)                       (#)                               ($)
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Exercisable      Unexercisable     Exercisable    Unexercisable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>
Kirk K. Mandy                   n/a                          102,500           107,500          181,925            --

Dr. John B. Millard             n/a                          538,000              --           2,512,650           --

Paul Butcher                   8,500          73,780          14,750            3,686            54,000          49,155

Jean-Jacques Carrier            n/a                          127,500            82,500          285,038            --

Francois Cordeau                n/a                           36,750           100,000           49,850            --

Donald G. McIntyre              n/a                           82,000            75,000          145,144            --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

Executive Compensation Agreements

         The Company has entered into  Compensation  Agreements with five senior
executives (the  "Executives"),  including some of the Named Executive Officers,
to provide for  certain  entitlements  only in the event of a Take-Over  Bid (as
defined) for the Company or the  termination  of employment of the  Executive(s)
resulting from a Change of Control (as defined) of the Company.

         The agreements generally provide as follows:

         (a)  in the event of a  Take-Over  Bid for the  Company,  all  unvested
              stock  options held by an  Executive  would  immediately  vest and
              become exercisable. In the event a Take-Over Bid is not completed,
              there are provisions to restore the Company and such Executive, as
              nearly as possible,  to what would have been the situation had the
              Take-Over Bid not occurred; and

         (b)  in  the  event  of  a termination by the Company of an Executive's
              employment,  other  than  for  Just  Cause  (as  defined),  within
              twenty-four  months   following   a   Change   of  Control  of the
              Company,  the  Executive  would  receive as compensation:  (i) for
              four   Executives  -  two   times  the   Executive's  annual  base
              salary, one year's bonus calculated as the  one  year  average  of
              the  Executive's   bonuses  for  the  previous three fiscal years,
              the value of eighteen  months  of  Benefits  (as  defined) and the
              immediate  vesting of all unvested  stock  options  then  held  by
              the Executive; and (ii)  for  one  other  Executive - one time the
              Executive's  annual  base   salary,  one-half  of  a year's  bonus
              calculated  as  one-half  of   the  one   year  average   of   the
              Executive's  bonuses  for  the  previous three fiscal  years,  the
              value of twelve

                                       77

<PAGE>

              months  of  Benefits  and  the  immediate  vesting of all unvested
              stock options then held by the Executive.

         The  Compensation  Agreements were developed under the direction of the
Compensation Committee in consultation with independent compensation consultants
and  independent  legal  advisers  in order to reflect  current  North  American
competitive market practices.

Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

         During the fiscal year ended March 26, 1999,  each director who was not
a salaried officer of the Company or its subsidiaries received an annual stipend
of  $10,000  and a  director's  fee of $2,000  for each  meeting of the Board of
Directors  or any  Committee  thereof  attended  in person  or  $1,250  for each
telephone  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  and for  each day  spent on the
affairs of the Company,  and was reimbursed for his expenses.  In addition,  the
Chairman of each  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  received an  additional
annual  fee of  $6,000.  The  Company  also  pays the  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors, when such person is not an employee of the Company, an annual stipend
of $100,000  (inclusive of Board and  Committee  meeting fees) and a per diem of
$2,500 for attendance on Company business to an annual maximum of $50,000.

         The following table summarizes the aggregate  unexercised  options held
by non-employee directors at May 28, 1999.
                Option Information For Non-Employee Directors

- ----------------------------------- ============================================
          Date of Grant                  Unexercised Options at May 28, 1999
                                             Exercisable / Unexercisable
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
January 26, 1993                                     100,000 / --
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
May 12, 1994                                         48,000 / --
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
May 17, 1995                                         60,000 / --
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
March 15, 1996                                      15,000 / 5,000
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
May 16, 1996                                       65,000 / 25,000
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
May 22, 1997                                       55,000 / 60,000
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
March 12, 1998                                     37,500 / 112,500
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
July 23, 1998                                        -- / 25,000
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
- ----------------------------------- ============================================
May 20, 1999                                         -- / 140,000
- ----------------------------------- ============================================

Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

         As at May 28, 1999,  the Company had in force  Directors' and Officers'
Liability  Insurance policies in the amount of U.S.  $30,000,000 for the benefit
of the  directors  and officers of the Company and its  subsidiaries.  The total
amount of the  premiums  paid by the Company for the  policies in effect for the
fiscal year ended March 26, 1999 was Cdn. $270,468. No portion of these premiums
was paid by the directors and officers of the Company.  The policies provide for
no  deductible  for any loss in  connection  with  claims  against a director or
officer and  deductibles of U.S.  $500,000 for claims  relating to violations of
United States  securities laws and U.S. $250,000 for other claims resulting in a
loss for the Company.

Indebtedness of Officers, Directors and Employees

         As at May 28, 1999, no officer, director or employee or former officer,
director  or employee of the  Company or its  subsidiaries  was  indebted to the
Company in connection with the purchase of securities of the Company.

                                       78

<PAGE>


         As at May 28, 1999, the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness to
the Company  incurred,  other than in connection with the purchase of securities
of the Company and other than routine indebtedness,  by all officers, directors,
employees  and former  officers,  directors  and employees of the Company or its
subsidiaries amounted to $335,551.

REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The  Compensation Committee is comprised of three  members of the Board
of Directors: Jonathan I. Wener, the Chairman of the Committee, Anthony L. Craig
and Donald W. Paterson.

         It is the responsibility of the Compensation  Committee to recommend to
the Board of Directors  compensation  policies and levels,  compensation  plans,
stock  option/purchase  plans and benefit plans. The  Compensation  Committee is
also responsible for developing and reviewing  succession plans that sustain the
long-term viability of the Company.

General Principles of Executive Compensation

         Compensation  of  executive  officers,  including  the Named  Executive
Officers,  is determined by the Board of Directors upon  recommendations made by
the Compensation Committee.

         The Company's executive  compensation  programs are designed to attract
and  retain  competent  individuals  who can ensure the  current  and  long-term
success of the Company.  Each component of the Company's executive  compensation
program is  designed to be  competitive  with  leading  Canadian  and U.S.  high
technology companies of similar size.

         Executive   positions   are  formally   evaluated  by  an   independent
consultant,  using a  widely  recognized  point-factor  job  evaluation  system,
resulting in a specific  number of points for each position.  Using total points
to compare to the external  comparator  group,  a market rate for each executive
position is  established  based on  information  furnished  through  independent
survey data.

         The total  compensation  program for executive officers is comprised of
three components: base salary, an annual incentive and a long-term incentive.

Base Salary

         Base salary  recommendations are  determined based  on  market data for
positions of similar  responsibilities and complexity in  the comparator  group,
internal equity  comparisons  and the  individual's ability and  experience. The
Company's base salaries are competitive with those of the comparator group.

Annual Incentive Compensation Arrangements

         The Company's annual incentive plans are intended to incent individuals
to focus on  achievement  of  current  year  operating  income  targets  and key
strategic performance  objectives within each of the business units.  Individual
target awards and performance  weightings  within the plans are dependent on the
individual's  ability to influence results.  Operating Income targets are set by
the Board of  Directors  at the  commencement  of the fiscal year and awards for
business  unit and  individual  performance  are only  payable if the  corporate
operating income is at least 75% of target performance. Payments may be made for
performance below this threshold at the Board of Directors' discretion.

                                       79

<PAGE>


Long-Term Incentive

         Options to purchase  common  shares are granted to the Named  Executive
Officers   and  other  key   employees  to  sustain   commitment   to  long-term
profitability and maximize shareholder value over the long term. Under the terms
and conditions of the Option Plan,  participants  are granted  options which are
exercisable  for periods of time determined by the  Compensation  Committee to a
maximum of ten years  following the date of grant at an exercise  price equal to
the average  market price of the  Company's  common  shares on The Toronto Stock
Exchange  during the five trading day period  immediately  preceding the date of
grant.  See  "Executive  Compensation - 1991 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees
and Non-Employee Directors."

Compensation of the President and Chief Executive Officer

         In July  1998,  Kirk K.  Mandy was  appointed  as  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.  Mr. Mandy's  compensation was approved by the
Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors.

         The base  salary and  long-term  incentive  components  of Mr.  Mandy's
compensation  are  determined  in accordance  with the policies  applying to all
executive officers of the Company. Mr. Mandy's current base salary is $515,000.

         Mr. Mandy's annual  discretionary  bonus is determined,  at each fiscal
year  end,  based on the  Compensation  Committee's  assessment  of Mr.  Mandy's
performance, particularly in improving the Company's long-term profitability and
financial condition. For Fiscal 1999, Mr. Mandy earned a bonus of $100,000 based
on his efforts in improving  the  Company's  prospects  for  sustainable  future
growth.

         The Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors,  whose names are
set out below,  has approved the issue of this Report on Executive  Compensation
and its inclusion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Mr. Anthony L. Craig
Mr. Donald W. Paterson
Mr. Jonathan I. Wener

Performance Graph

         The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on
$100 invested in common shares of the Company with the  cumulative  total return
of The  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  100 Stock  Index  for the five  most  recently
completed fiscal years, assuming reinvestment of all dividends.

                                       80
<PAGE>


                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The  following  table sets forth  information  as at May 28,  1999 with
respect to: (1) all  shareholders  known by the Company to be beneficial  owners
(which  includes  shares over which  control or direction is  exercised) of more
than 5% of its outstanding common shares; and (2) ownership of common shares and
$2.00 Cumulative Redeemable  Convertible Preferred Shares, 1983 R&D Series ("R&D
Preferred Shares") by each director and nominee for director,  each of the Named
Executive Officers and all executive officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Class of Shares         Amount Beneficially Owned      Percent of Class(1)

Name and Address

<S>                                              <C>                             <C>                            <C>
The CC&L Financial Services Group                common                          8,590,100                      7.36
          1200 Cathedral Place
          925 West Georgia Street
          Vancouver, BC  V6C 3L2

Andre Borrel                                     common                            6,250                        (6)
         Chemin du bois de Seyme, 1
         1253 Vandoeuvres - GE - Suisse
Paul Butcher                                     common                           35,250                        (6)
*Jean-Jacques Carrier                            common                           180,000                       (6)
*Francois Cordeau                                common                           50,500                        (6)
Anthony L. Craig                                 common                           17,700                        (6)
         27421 Country Club Drive
         Bonita Bay, Bonita Springs
         Florida, U.S.A.  33293

Hubert T. Lacroix                                common                           133,778                       (6)
         1170 Peel Street
         Montreal, Quebec H3B 4S8

*Kirk K.  Mandy                                  common                           166,750                       (6)
*Donald G. McIntyre                              common                           111,250                       (6)

                                       81

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                              <C>                             <C>                            <C>
*Shirley Mears                                   common                           32,625                        (6)
Dr. John B.  Millard                             common                           610,300                       (6)
         200 County Rd. #249
         Cullman, AL  U.S.A. 35057

Donald W. Paterson                               common                           33,250                        (6)
         141 Adelaide St. West, Suite 1200
         Toronto, Ontario M5H 3L9

*Tim Saunders                                    Common                           24,875                        (6)

Dr. Henry Simon                                  common                           176,250                       (6)
         1 Telegraph Hill
         London, England NW3 7NU

Peter van Cuylenburg                             common                           31,250                        (6)
         500 McCarthy Blvd.
         Milpitas, CA  95035

Jonathan I. Wener                                common                           222,250                       (6)
         2000 Peel Street, Suite 900
         Montreal, Quebec H3A 2W5

15 directors and executive officers as a group   common                          1,832,278
                                                 R&D Preferred                      nil

</TABLE>

* These officers are located c/o Mitel  Corporation,  350 Legget Drive,  Kanata,
  Ontario, Canada K2K 2W7.

The persons named hold the sole  investment and voting power except as set forth
below:

(1)    Percentage  ownership is calculated  based upon total shares in the class
       outstanding  plus  shares  in the  class  subject  to  options  currently
       exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  days by the  entity or group
       indicated.

(2)    These holdings include stock options currently exercisable or exercisable
       within 60 days by:  Mr.  Butcher - 32,750;  Mr.  Carrier -  150,000;  Mr.
       Cordeau - 50,500; Mr. Craig - 16,250; Mr. Lacroix - 125,250;  Mr. Mandy -
       163,750;  Mr.  McIntyre  - 100,750;  Ms.  Mears - 32,625;  Dr.  Millard -
       538,000; Mr. Paterson - 31,250; Mr. Saunders - 24,875; Dr.

       Simon - 51,250; Mr. van Cuylenburg - 31,250 and Mr. Wener - 125,250.

(3)    Does not include stock options  granted to  non-employee  directors which
       are not currently exercisable, as follows: Mr. Borrel - 38,750; Mr. Craig
       - 53,750;  Mr.  Lacroix - 53,750;  Mr.  Paterson  - 53,750;  Dr.  Simon -
       53,750; Mr. van Cuylenburg - 53,750, and Mr. Wener - 53,750.

(4)    The holdings of Mr. Wener are held by and registered  in the name of MOI-
       MEME  Holdings  Inc. Mr. Wener is the sole
       shareholder of MOI-MEME Holdings Inc.
(5)    The holdings  of  one executive  officer and one former executive officer
       excludes  25,100  common  shares  held  of  record  by  their  spouse and
       children, as to which they disclaim beneficial ownership.
(6)    Represents less than 1% of the class.

         Statements  contained in the table as to securities  beneficially owned
by persons  referred to therein or over which they exercise control or direction
are, in each instance, based upon information provided by such persons.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         During the fiscal year ended March 26, 1999,  the Company  retained the
law firm McCarthy Tetrault, of which Hubert T. Lacroix, a member of the Board of
Directors, is a partner.

                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

       a) The following financial statements and supplementary data are filed as
part of this report under Item 8:

                                       82
<PAGE>



1.    Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Page Number
                                                                                                          (within the 10-K)

<S>                                                                                                             <C>
Auditor's Report to the Shareholders                                                                            42

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 26, 1999, March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997                                44

Consolidated Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the fiscal years ended
March 26, 1999, March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997                                                               45

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended
March 26, 1999, March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997                                                               47

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                                                                  48

2.      Financial Statement Schedules. The Schedules supporting the consolidated
financial statements which are filed as part of this report are as follows:

                  Schedule II  -  Valuation and qualifying accounts

Note:  Schedules  other  than  that  listed  above are  omitted  as they are not
applicable or not required,  or the information is included in the  consolidated
financial statements or notes thereto.

</TABLE>


3.    Exhibits

Exhibit     Description
Number

3.1         Articles  of  Continuance  of the  Company  and  Amendments  thereto
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registration  Statement
            No.2-88432 on Form S-1)

3.2         Certificate and Articles of Amendment of Mitel Corporation dated May
            16, 1984  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-K for
            the year ended February 24, 1984)

3.3         Certificates  and Articles of Amendment of Mitel  Corporation  dated
            June 27, 1984,  September 7, 1984 and October 9, 1984  (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended February
            22, 1985)

3.4         Certificate and Articles of Amendment of Mitel Corporation dated May
            23, 1986  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Form 10-K for
            the year ended March 28, 1986)

3.5         Certificate and Articles of Amendment of Mitel Corporation dated May
            27, 1987  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Form 10-K for
            the year ended March 25, 1988)

3.6         Certificate  and Articles of Amendment  of Mitel  Corporation  dated
            January 21, 1988  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Form
            10-K for the year ended March 25, 1988)

3.7         By-Laws of the Company  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to
            Form 10-K for the year ended March 29, 1996)

3.8         Certificate  and Articles of Amendment  of Mitel  Corporation  dated
            August 24, 1995  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 3.8 to Form
            10-K for the year ended March 29, 1996)

                                       83
<PAGE>


10.1        Share Sale and Purchase Agreement,  dated February 12, 1998, between
            The  General  Electric  Company  p.l.c.,  London,  England and Mitel
            Telecom Limited,  Portskewett,  Gwent,  Wales and Mitel Corporation,
            Kanata, Ontario, Canada (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
            Form 8-K filed on February 27, 1998)

10.2        Deed of Tax Covenant,  dated February 12, 1998,  between The General
            Electric Company,  p.l.c. and Mitel Telecom Limited (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed on February 27, 1998)

10.3        Environmental  Deed,  dated  February 12, 1998,  between The General
            Electric Company,  p.l.c. and Mitel Telecom Limited (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.3 to Form 8-K filed on February 27, 1998)

10.4(a)     Credit  Agreement,  dated  as of  February  12,  1998  (the  "Credit
            Agreement"), between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as advisor,
            arranger and syndication agent,  Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,
            as  administrative  agent,  the Lenders  listed  therein,  and Mitel
            Corporation,  as borrower (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
            to Form 8-K filed on February 27, 1998)

10.4(b)     First Amendment and Limited Waiver to Credit Agreement,  dated as of
            March 16, 1998

10.4(c)     Second  Amendment  and  Limited  Waiver to Credit  Agreement,  dated
            August 6, 1998

10.4(d)     Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 23, 1998

10.4(e)     Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 4, 1999

10.4(f)     Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 19, 1999

21          Subsidiaries of the Company

23          Consent of Ernst & Young

24          Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Form 10-K)

27          Financial Data Schedule

         (b) Reports on Form 8-K.  No Current  Reports on Form 8-K were filed by
the Company in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 26, 1999.

                                       84
<PAGE>



                                   Signatures

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                     MITEL CORPORATION

                                     By:   /s/ Kirk K. Mandy
                                          ------------------
                                          (Kirk K. Mandy)
Dated:    June 24, 1999                   President and Chief Executive Officer
          -------------
                                Power of Attorney

         KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature
appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Jean-Jacques  Carrier  and Donald G.
McIntyre, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact,  each with full power of
substitution,  for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this
Report on Form  10-K,  and to file the same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby  ratifying and  confirming  all that each said  attorney-in-fact,  or his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                               <C>                                     <C>
Signature                         Title                                   Date

/s/ Henry Simon                   Chairman of the Board                   June 24, 1999
- ------------------
(Henry Simon)

/s/ Kirk K. Mandy                 President and Chief Executive Officer   June 24, 1999
- ------------------
(Kirk K. Mandy)

/s/ Jean-Jacques Carrier          Senior Vice President of Finance        June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------       and Chief Financial Officer
(Jean-Jacques Carrier)

/s/ Anthony L. Craig              Director                                June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
(Anthony L. Craig)

/s/ Hubert T. Lacroix             Director                                June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
(Hubert T. Lacroix)

/s/ Donald G. McIntyre            Senior Vice President of Human          June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------       Resources, General Counsel and
(Donald G. McIntyre)              Secretary

/s/ Donald W. Paterson            Director                                June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
(Donald W. Paterson)

/s/ Peter van Cuylenburg          Director                                June 24, 1999
- ------------------------
(Peter van Cuylenburg)

/s/ Jonathan I. Wener             Director                                June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
(Jonathan I. Wener)


</TABLE>
                                       85

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE II

                                MITEL CORPORATION

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 March 26, 1999
                        (in millions of Canadian dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Additions

Description             Balance              Charged            Charged to          Deductions          Balance, End
                       Beginning           to Expense         Other Accounts                              of Period
                       of Period


Allowance for doubtful accounts:

<S>                       <C>                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Fiscal 1999               $10.2                  0.2                 --                  (1.7)               $ 8.7
Fiscal 1998                 9.8                  5.2                 --                  (4.8)                10.2
Fiscal 1997                 5.9                  5.8                 --                  (1.9)                 9.8


Restructuring and other provisions:

Fiscal 1999               $59.3                $13.7               $  3.5              $(41.2)               $35.3
Fiscal 1998                12.6                  0.2                 54.5(1)             (8.0)                59.3
Fiscal 1997                 3.3                 11.7                 --                  (2.4)                12.6

(1)  Amounts  charged to other accounts are in respect of acquisition  costs and
     costs to integrate the operations of the acquired companies with Mitel.

</TABLE>
                                       86
<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX "A"

                                GLOSSARY OF TERMS

         Application Programming Interface (API): A software interface between a
computer  program that an individual uses and the interface to network  services
or program-to-program communications.

         Application  Gateway:  Part of Mitel's distributed  architecture,  this
apparatus  connects  the  telephone  system with a LAN to permit  computers  and
telephones to function together.

         Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC): A chip designed for use
on a  particular  circuit  board or for a very narrow  range of use. The digital
signal processor chip on a modem is an ASIC.

         Asynchronous  Transfer Mode (ATM): A fast packet switching technique by
which short packets or cells  containing  data, voice or video signals are moved
over networks at high speed.

         Asymmetric  Digital  Subscriber Line (ADSL): A technology that delivers
high  speed  data  rates  over a twisted  pair of copper  wires.  ADSL  provides
asymmetrical  megabit access for two general types of applications,  interactive
video and high speed data communications.

         Automatic Call  Distribution  (ACD): A telephone  exchange  system that
optimizes  distribution  of incoming  calls to a service  group to increase  the
efficiency of the system and the service resources (agents).

         Bipolar:  Refers  to  transistors  formed  with  two  (N-  and  P-type)
semiconductor types. Such transistors are generally termed NPN or PNP types.

         Call Center:  Groups of people,  telephones and computers  organized to
permit  service  agents to  efficiently  answer calls from,  or direct calls to,
large numbers of people. Call centers are often identified by a 1-800 number and
make use of ACD technology.

         Centrex:  A telephone  company  service  designed  to provide  PBX-like
features to subscribers.

         Client/Server:  A distributed computing architecture whereby the client
is an  application  user on a LAN and  the  server  provides  access  to  common
applications and group services for database and file sharing.

         CMOS or  Complementary  Metal Oxide  Semiconductor:  A  technology  for
making integrated circuits known for requiring less electricity.

         Duplex  Device:  A  device  that  contains  both a LED and a PIN  Diode
Photodetector in the same package.  The LED emits light in a specific wavelength
range  while  the PIN  detects  light  in a  different  wavelength  range,  thus
providing the capability to transmit light in both directions.

         E1: A 2.048 Mpb/s digital  transmission link, the digital  transmission
standard used in Japan and Europe.

         Fab:  A factory that makes integrated circuit chips.

         Fabless:  Refers to semiconductor companies whose designed products are
manufactured in fabs owned by third parties.

                                       87
<PAGE>




         Fiber Optic Transmission: The conversion of electrical signals to light
waves,  thereby  providing vastly increased  capacity compared with copper wire,
i.e.,  one glass fiber can  replace  over 10,000  telephone  wires.  This is the
technology used to interconnect the modules of Mitel's LIGHT PBX systems.

         Gallium Arsenide: A compound semiconductor material made of Gallium and
Arsenic.

         Gigabit  Ethernet:  Transmission  protocol  over a LAN that operates at
speed of gigabit (10 billion bits) per second.

         Indium Phosphide:  A compound semiconductor material made of Indium and
Phosphorus.

         Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN): An infrastructure  designed
to deliver  digital service from local or long distance  telephone  companies so
that  computers can be plugged into public  networks as easily as are telephones
today.

         JTAPI or Java telephony API: A set of  modularly-designed,  application
programming  interfaces for Java-based  computer telephony  applications.  JTAPI
offers telephony interface extensions grouped into building-block packages.
Applications written to JTAPI are independent of platforms or phone systems.

         LAN:  Local Area Network that  connects  computers  together  within an
office complex. When such connections are distributed over a city or even larger
area, the LAN becomes a WAN or Wide Area Network.

         Light Emiting Diode (LED):  An active  semiconductor  device that emits
light in a specific wavelength range in response to an electrical signal applied
to it.

         Middleware:  An intermediate  software  application layer that links an
end user application to the call control software layer.

         MILINK Date Module: A module that allows peripheral data communications
to pass  through the  multi-line  SUPERSET 400 series of  telephones  to the PBX
system.  It converts data signals of RS-232 serial  devices such as computers or
video display terminals to high speed  asynchronous  digital signals (up to 19.2
Kbps) and allows simultaneous use of the telephone and the RS-232 device.

         PIN Diode  Photodetector:  An active  semiconductor device that detects
light in a specific  wavelength range and transforms the detected optical signal
into an electrical signal.

         Pin for Pin: A phrase used to describe a  semiconductor  component that
is not unique and is easily replaceable.

         Private Branch  Exchange  (PBX): A "branch" of the telephone  company's
central office exchange,  usually located on the customer's premises, to provide
connections  between  the  extension  telephones  within a  business  as well as
connections to public and private networks outside the business.

         Quartz technology:  Base material used to produce Surface Acoustic Wave
Filters.

         Silicon-on-Sapphire:  A  manufacturing  process  that allows  radiation
hardening  of silicon in order to permit  performance  under  extreme  and harsh
environmental contions.

         Surface Acoustic Wave Filters:  A product designed to filter noise.

         System-On-A-Chip:  A  complete  system  designed  in  the  form  of  an
integrated circuit from which blocks of functionality may be selected to build a
product.

                                       88

<PAGE>


         SX-200 LIGHT, SX-2000 LIGHT, the LIGHTS, LIGHT series: All refer to the
modular, fiber-optic related PBX switching systems in Mitel's product portfolio.

         T1:  A 1.544  Mbp/s  digital  transmission  link,  the  North  American
standard for digital transmission.

         Thyristor:  A bistable  semiconductor  device used for power  switching
that  comprises  three or more junctions that can be switched from the off state
to the on state,  or vice versa,  such switching  occurring  within at least one
quadrant of the principal voltage-current characteristic.

         TAPI: A Windows Telephony  Applications  Programming Interface designed
by  Microsoft  and  Intel to  stimulate  third-party  development  of  telephony
applications that run on Windows-based PCs.

         TSAPI:  A Telephony  Service  Application  Programming  Interface  that
allows  telephony  applications  to be designed to interwork with Novell clients
and servers.

         Universal Serial Bus (USB): A new open standard designed to provide low
cost "plug and play" interface  between PCs and  peripherals.  USB brings higher
speed   PC-to-peripheral   communications,   allows  for  hot  attach/detach  of
peripherals  and provides  for the  connection  of multiple  devices to a single
port.

         VCSEL or Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser: The latest development
of laser light sources used in optical fiber communications at speeds of several
gigabits per second such that all  information  stored on a PC's hard disk could
be transferred in a few seconds.

         WAN: Wide Area Network that connects computers distributed throughout a
city or even larger area.

                                       89

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4B
                                                                       EXECUTION


                                MITEL CORPORATION

                               FIRST AMENDMENT AND
                       LIMITED WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT



                  This FIRST AMENDMENT AND LIMITED WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(this "Amendment") is dated as of March 16, 1998, and entered into by and among
Mitel Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada ("Company"),
the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof ("Lenders"),
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP") as arranger, advisor and syndication
agent (in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent") and Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce ("CIBC"), as Administrative Agent, and for purposes of Section 11
hereof, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto
(collectively the "Credit Support Parties"), and is made with reference to that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998, by and among Company,
Lenders, GSCP, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, as Administrative Agent (the
"Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have
the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, Company and
Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Post-Closing Punch List
Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998 (the "Post-Closing Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, Company has requested an additional 30 days to (i)
complete certain items set forth in the Post-Closing Agreement relating to the
property located at Ogdensburg, New York, and (ii) deliver the title opinion of
McCarthy Tetrault with respect to the Bromont Property as required by Section
6.10B of the Credit Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS, Company has requested that (i) Company be permitted
to borrow Swing Line Loans in both Dollars and Canadian Dollars, (ii) Mitel
Barbados be permitted to make intercompany loans to other Subsidiary Guarantors
and (iii) certain other changes be made to the Credit Agreement as more fully
set forth below;

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

Section 1.        AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         A.       Subsection 1.1A - Definitions.


<PAGE>

                  (i) Subsection 1.1A of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
                  by amending and restating the definition of "Total Utilization
                  of Revolving Loan Commitments" contained therein in its
                  entirety as follows:

                                     "Total Utilization of Revolving Loan
                  Commitments" means, as at any date of determination, the sum
                  of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding
                  Revolving Loans (other than Revolving Loans made for the
                  purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans or
                  reimbursing the applicable Issuing Lender for any amount drawn
                  under any Letter of Credit but not yet so applied) plus (ii)
                  the Equivalent U.S. $ Amount of the aggregate principal amount
                  of all outstanding Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans plus (iii)
                  the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding U.S. Dollar
                  Swing Line Loans plus (iv) the Letter of Credit Usage."

                  (ii) Subsection 1.1A of the Credit Agreement is hereby further
                  amended by adding thereto in alphabetical order the following
                  new definitions of "Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans" and
                  "U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans" as follows:

                                  "Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans" means the
                  Swing Line Loans made by Swing Line Lender to Company in
                  Canadian Dollars pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv).

                                  "U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans" means the Swing
                  Line Loans made by Swing Line Lender to Company in Dollars
                  pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv).

         B.       Subsection 2.1(iv) - Swing Line Loans.

                  (i) Subsection 2.1(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
                  amended by deleting the figure "Cdn. $ 5,000,000" appearing in
                  the first paragraph thereof and substituting the figure
                  "$5,000,000" in its place.

                  (ii) Subsection 2.1(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
                  further amended by amending and restating the third and fourth
                  paragraphs appearing therein in their entirety as follows:

                           "With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not
                  been voluntarily prepaid by Company pursuant to subsection
                  2.4B(i), Swing Line Lender may, at any time in its sole and
                  absolute discretion, deliver to Administrative Agent (with a
                  copy to Company), no later than 10:00 A.M. (Toronto time) on
                  the first Business Day in advance of the proposed Funding
                  Date, a notice (which shall be deemed to be a Notice of
                  Borrowing given by Company) requesting Lenders having
                  Revolving Loan Exposure to make Revolving Loans that are Base
                  Rate Loans on such Funding Date in an amount equal to the sum
                  of (a) the Equivalent U.S. $ Amount of the portion of such
                  Swing Line Loans which are Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans
                  and (b) the aggregate principal amount of the portion of such
                  Swing Line Loans which are


                                       2
<PAGE>

                  U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans, in each case which are
                  outstanding on the date such notice is given and which Swing
                  Line Lender requests such Lenders to prepay (the "Refunded
                  Swing Line Loans"). Anything contained in this Agreement to
                  the contrary notwithstanding, (1) the proceeds of such
                  Revolving Loans made by such Lenders (other than Swing Line
                  Lender) in respect of U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans shall be
                  immediately delivered by Administrative Agent to Swing Line
                  Lender (and not to Company) and applied to repay a
                  corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans, (2)
                  the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by such Lenders
                  (other than Swing Line Lender) in respect of Canadian Dollar
                  Swing Line Loans shall be immediately converted by
                  Administrative Agent to the Equivalent Cdn. $ Amount and
                  delivered by Administrative Agent to Swing Line Lender (and
                  not to Company) and applied to repay a corresponding portion
                  of the Refunded Swing Line Loans and (3) on the day such
                  Revolving Loans are made, Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata Share
                  of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid
                  with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by Swing Line
                  Lender, and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be
                  so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and
                  shall no longer be due under the Swing Line Note, if any, of
                  Swing Line Lender but shall instead constitute part of Swing
                  Line Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans and shall be due
                  under the Revolving Note, if any, of Swing Line Lender.
                  Company hereby authorizes Administrative Agent and Swing Line
                  Lender to charge Company's accounts with Administrative Agent
                  and Swing Line Lender (up to the amount available in each such
                  account) in order to immediately pay Swing Line Lender the
                  amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the
                  proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by Lenders having
                  Revolving Loan Exposure, including the Revolving Loan deemed
                  to be made by Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to repay
                  in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans. If any portion of any
                  such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to Swing Line Lender
                  should be recovered by or on behalf of Company from Swing Line
                  Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of
                  creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered
                  shall be ratably shared among all Lenders in the manner
                  contemplated by subsection 10.5.

                           If for any reason (a) Revolving Loans are not made
                  upon the request of Swing Line Lender as provided in the
                  immediately preceding paragraph in an amount sufficient to
                  repay any amounts owed to Swing Line Lender in respect of any
                  outstanding Swing Line Loans or (b) the Revolving Loan
                  Commitments are terminated at a time when any Swing Line Loans
                  are outstanding, each Lender having Revolving Loan Exposure
                  shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a
                  participation in Canadian Dollars in respect of that portion
                  of such outstanding Swing Line Loans which are Canadian Dollar
                  Swing Line Loans and in Dollars in respect of that portion of
                  such outstanding Swing Line Loans which are U.S. Dollar Swing
                  Line Loans, in each case in an amount equal to its Pro Rata
                  Share (calculated, in the case of the foregoing clause (b),
                  immediately prior to such termination of the Revolving Loan
                  Commitments) of the unpaid amount of such Swing Line Loans
                  together with


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  accrued interest thereon. Upon one Business Day's notice from
                  Swing Line Lender, each such Lender shall deliver to Swing
                  Line Lender (A) an amount in Canadian Dollars equal to its
                  respective participation in such Canadian Dollar Swing Line
                  Loans in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office and
                  (B) an amount in Dollars equal to its respective participation
                  in such U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans in same day funds at the
                  Funding and Payment Office. In order to further evidence such
                  participation (and without prejudice to the effectiveness of
                  the participation provisions set forth above), each Lender
                  having Revolving Loan Exposure agrees to enter into a separate
                  participation agreement at the request of Swing Line Lender in
                  form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Swing Line
                  Lender. In the event any such Lender fails to make available
                  to Swing Line Lender the amount of such Lender's participation
                  as provided in this paragraph, Swing Line Lender shall be
                  entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender
                  together with interest thereon at the rate customarily used by
                  Swing Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks for
                  three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. In the
                  event Swing Line Lender receives a payment of any amount in
                  which other Lenders having Revolving Loan Exposure have
                  purchased participations as provided in this paragraph, Swing
                  Line Lender shall promptly distribute to each such other
                  Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment."

                  C. Subsection 2.1B - Borrowing Mechanics. Subsection 2.1B of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleing the phrase "and (vi) in the
case of Swing Line Loans that such Loans shall bear interest by reference to the
Canadian Prime Rate." appearing in the first paragraph thereof and substituting
the following phrase in its place:

         "(vi) in the case of Swing Line Loans, whether such Loans shall be
         Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans or U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans, (vii)
         in the case of Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans, that such Loans shall
         bear interest by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate and (viii) in the
         case of U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loans, that such Loans shall bear
         interest by reference to the Base Rate."

                  D. Subsection 2.1C - Disbursement of Funds. Subsection 2.1C of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the first
paragraph thereof in its entirety as follows:

         " C. Disbursement of Funds. All Term Loans and Revolving Loans under
         this Agreement shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and
         proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being
         understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any
         other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested
         hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any Lender to make the particular
         type of Loan requested be increased or decreased as a result of a
         default by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a
         Loan requested hereunder. Promptly after receipt by Administrative
         Agent of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to subsection 2.1B (or
         telephonic notice in lieu thereof), Administrative Agent shall notify
         each Lender or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be of the proposed
         borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to


                                       4
<PAGE>

         Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon (Toronto time) on the
         applicable Funding Date in same day funds in Dollars, at the Funding
         and Payment Office, and (other than with respect to any Swing Line Loan
         made without notice from Company pursuant to subsection 2.1B) Swing
         Line Lender shall make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to
         Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 pm (Toronto time) on the
         applicable Funding Date in same day funds in Dollars or Canadian
         Dollars, as applicable, at the Funding and Payment Office. Except as
         provided in subsection 2.1A(iv) or subsection 3.3B with respect to
         Revolving Loans used to repay Refunded Swing Line Loans or to reimburse
         any Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing under a Letter of Credit
         issued by it, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent
         specified in subsections 4.1 (in the case of Loans made on the Closing
         Date) and 4.2 (in the case of all Loans), Administrative Agent shall
         make the proceeds of such Loans available to Company on the applicable
         Funding Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars (or with
         respect to Swing Line Loans requested to be made in Canadian Dollars
         only, in Canadian Dollars) equal to the proceeds of all such Loans
         received by Administrative Agent from Lenders or Swing Line Lender, as
         the case may be, to be credited to the account of Company at the
         Funding and Payment Office."

                  E. Subsection 2.2A - Rate of Interest. Subsection 2.2A of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the second sentence
thereof in its entirety as follows:

         "Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.7, (x) each Canadian Dollar
         Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount
         thereof from the date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or
         otherwise) at the sum of (1) the Canadian Prime Rate plus (2) the
         Applicable Base Rate Margin for Tranche A Term Loans and (y) each U.S.
         Dollar Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal
         amount thereof from the date made through maturity (whether by
         acceleration or otherwise) at the sum of (1) the Base Rate plus (2) the
         Applicable Base Rate Margin for Tranche A Term Loans."

                  F. Subsection 2.3A - Payment of Commitment Fees. Subsection
2.3A of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference therein
to "March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1" and substituting therefor a
reference to "the first Business Day following the end of each calendar
quarter".

                  G. Subsection 2.4B (iii)(c) - Prepayments Due to Issuance of
Debt. Subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
changing the cross-reference contained therein from "7.1(vi)" to "7.1(vii)".

                  H. Subsection 2.4C(1) - Manner and Time of Payment. Subsection
2.4C(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety
as follows:

                  "(i) Manner and Time of Payment. All payments by Company of
                  principal, interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder and
                  under the Notes shall be


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  made in Dollars (or, with respect to any such payments in
                  respect of Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans only, in Canadian
                  Dollars) in same day funds, without defense, setoff or
                  counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and
                  delivered to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon
                  (Toronto time) on the date due at the Funding and Payment
                  Office for the account of Lenders; funds received by
                  Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be
                  deemed to have been paid by Company on the next succeeding
                  Business Day. Company hereby authorizes Administrative Agent
                  to charge its accounts with Administrative Agent in order to
                  cause timely payment to be made to Administrative Agent of all
                  principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject
                  to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that
                  purpose). To the extent that (a) funds received by
                  Administrative Agent from Company (or debited from any account
                  with Administrative Agent) in Dollars must be converted into
                  Canadian Dollars for any payment hereunder in respect of any
                  Canadian Dollar Swing Line Loans, Administrative Agent shall
                  effect such conversion on the applicable payment date on the
                  basis of the rate at which Administrative Agent is able to
                  purchase Canadian Dollars with Dollars on such payment date
                  and (b) funds received by Administrative Agent from Company
                  (or debited from any account with Administrative Agent) in
                  Canadian Dollars must be converted into Dollars for any other
                  payments hereunder, Administrative Agent shall effect such
                  conversion on the applicable payment date on the basis of the
                  rate at which Administrative Agent is able to purchase Dollars
                  with Canadian Dollars on such payment date."

                  I. Subsection 3.2(i) - Payment of Letter of Credit Fees.
Subsection 3.2(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
reference therein to "March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1" and
substituting therefor a reference to "the first Business Day following the end
of each calendar quarter".

                  J. Subsection 5.20B - Mitel (Barbados). Subsection 5.20B of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  "B. Mitel Barbados. Mitel Barbados has no assets (including
                  receivables) other than the Discounted Notes and Intercompany
                  Notes permitted pursuant to subsection 6.10E."

                  K. Subsection 6.8A - U.K. Plessey Entities. Subsection 6.8A of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the proviso appearing at the
end of such subsection and substituting the following proviso in its place:

         "provided, however, that Company shall not be required to cause MEDL to
         comply with this subsection 6.8A in the event that, within 30 days of
         the Closing Date, either (a) MEDL is merged with PSL or Mitel Telecom
         with PSL or Mitel Telecom, as the case may be, being the surviving
         company or (b) MEDL's business is wound-up, all of its assets are
         distributed to Mitel Telecom and liquidation proceedings are commenced
         in the appropriate jurisdiction with respect thereto which proceedings
         are not subsequently abandoned for any reason."


                                       6
<PAGE>

                  L. Subsection 6.10E - Discounted Notes. Subsection 6.10E of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  "E. Discounted Notes. In the event Mitel Barbados receives any
                  payments on redemption of any Discounted Note, Company shall
                  ensure that Mitel Barbados applies the total amount of such
                  payments (net of costs and applicable taxes) to either (i)
                  subscribe for additional Discounted Notes within 24 hours of
                  such repayment, (ii) make a dividend payment to Company within
                  two Business Days of such receipt or (iii) make an
                  intercompany loan to another Subsidiary Guarantor in
                  accordance with the provisions of subsection 7.1(iv) within
                  two Business days of such receipt; it being understood that
                  such net payments may be applied under clauses (i), (ii) and
                  (iii) in such proportions as Mitel Barbados may determine."

                  M. Subsection 7.1 - Indebtedness. Subsection 7.1 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a new clause (vi) therein as follows
and renumbering existing clause (vi) as clause (vii):

                  "(vi) Mitel, Inc. may become and remain liable with respect to
                  a revolving line of credit with National Bank of Detroit in an
                  aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any
                  time outstanding and the proceeds of which shall be used for
                  the general corporate purposes of Mitel, Inc. and its
                  Subsidiaries; and"

                  N. Subsection 7.4 - Contingent Obligations. Subsection 7.4 of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) changing the cross reference
contained in clause (vii) thereof from "7.1(vi)" to "7.1(vii)", (ii) deleting
the word "and" appearing at the end of clause (xi) thereof, (iii) renumbering
existing clause (xii) as new clause (xiii) and (iv) inserting a new clause (xii)
therein as follows:

                  "(xii) Company may become and remain liable with respect to a
                  guaranty of the Indebtedness of Mitel, Inc. permitted under
                  subsection 7.1(vi); and"

                  O. Exhibit I - Form of Notice of Borrowing. Exhibit I to the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in
Annex A hereto.

                  P. Exhibit VI-B - Form of Swing Line Note. Exhibit VI-B to the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in
Annex B hereto.

Section 2. LIMITED WAIVERS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND POST-CLOSING AGREEMENT

                  A. Limited Waiver Under Subsection 6.10B. On the basis of the
representations and warranties contained in this Amendment, and subject to the
terms and conditions of this Amendment, Requisite Lenders hereby agree to waive
Company's compliance with the provisions of subsection 6.10B(i) until April 13,
1998; provided that the waiver contained in this Section 2A shall automatically
cease to be of any force or effect on


                                       7
<PAGE>

April 13, 1998 if Company has not complied with the provisions of subsection
6.10B (i) on or before such date;

                  B. Limited Waiver Under Post-Closing Agreement. On the basis
of the representations and warranties contained in this Amendment, and subject
to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, Requisite Lenders hereby agree to
waive Company's compliance with (i) the provisions of items 1.5A, 1.5C, 1.5E,
1.5H, 1.6C, 1.6D, and 1.6E of the Post-Closing Agreement (in each case as such
items relate to the property located at Ogdensburg, New York), and (ii) the
provisions of item 3 of the Post-Closing Agreement solely as such item relates
to good standing certificates in the states of Connecticut, Illinois and
Massachusetts (collectively, the "Waived Items"), in each case until April 13,
1998, provided that the waiver contained in this Section 2B shall automatically
cease to be of any force or effect on April 13, 1998 if Company has not complied
with the provisions of each of the Waived Items on or before such date.

Section 3. LIMITATION OF WAIVER

                  Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section
10.6 of the Credit Agreement, the waiver set forth above shall be limited
precisely as written and relates solely to noncompliance by Borrower with the
provisions of Sections 6.10B of the Credit Agreement and the Waived Items of the
Post-Closing Agreement in the manner and to the extent described above and
nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to:

                  (a) constitute a waiver of compliance by Borrower with respect
                  to (i) Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement or the Waived
                  Items of the Post-Closing Agreement in any other instance or
                  (ii) any other term, provision or condition of the Credit
                  Agreement or Post-Closing Agreement or any other instrument or
                  agreement referred to therein; or

                  (b) prejudice any right or remedy that any Agent or any Lender
                  may now have or may have in the future under or in connection
                  with the Credit Agreement, the Post-Closing Agreement or any
                  other instrument or agreement referred to therein.

                  Except as expressly set forth herein, the terms, provisions
and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Post-Closing Agreement and the other
Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and in all other respects
are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 4.        CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this
Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred
to herein as the "First Amendment Effective Date"):

                  A. Company and each Credit Support Party shall have delivered
                  to Administrative Agent sufficient originally executed copies
                  for each Lender and its counsel of this Amendment;


                                       8
<PAGE>

                  B. Requisite Lenders shall each have executed a counterpart of
                  this Amendment; and

                  C. Company and Administrative Agent shall have received
                  written or telephonic notification of such execution by such
                  Lenders and authorization of delivery thereof.

Section 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to
amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Company hereby
represents and warrants that after giving effect to this Amendment:

                  A. Corporate Power and Authority. Each of Company and each
                  Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate power and
                  authority to enter into this Amendment, and each of Company
                  and each Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate
                  power and authority to carry out the transactions contemplated
                  by, and perform its obligations under, the Credit Agreement
                  and Post-Closing Agreement, in each case as amended by this
                  Amendment.

                  B. Authorization of Agreements. The execution and delivery of
                  this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as
                  amended by this Amendment (as so amended, the "Amended
                  Agreement") have been duly authorized by all necessary
                  corporate action on the part of Company.

                  C. No Conflict. The execution and delivery by of Company of
                  this Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended
                  Agreement do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any
                  law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate or
                  Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (or comparable
                  organizational documents) of Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or
                  other agency or government binding on Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or
                  constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
                  default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of
                  its Subsidiaries (other than, with respect to the exercise of
                  certain remedies under the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, as
                  such remedies may be affected by certain government contracts
                  in the United Kingdom), (iii) result in or require the
                  creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties
                  or assets of Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
                  Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of
                  Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv) require
                  any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of any
                  Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of
                  its Subsidiaries.

                  D. Governmental Consents. The execution and delivery by
                  Company of this Amendment and the performance by Company of
                  the Amended Agreement do not and will not require any
                  registration with, consent or


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  approval of or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any
                  multi-national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, local
                  or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

                  E. Binding Obligation. This Amendment and the Amended
                  Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by Company and
                  are the legally valid and binding obligations of Company,
                  enforceable against Company in accordance with their
                  respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
                  insolvency reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating
                  to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable
                  principles relating to enforceability.

                  F. Incorporation of Representations and Warranties From Credit
                  Agreement. The representations and warranties contained in
                  Section 5 of the Credit Agreement are and will be true,
                  correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
                  First Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though
                  made on and as of that date, except to the extent such
                  representations and warranties specifically relate to an
                  earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and
                  complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
                  date.

                  G. Absence of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing
                  or will result from the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated by this Amendment that would constitute an Event
                  of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

                  H. No Change to Organizational Documents. Neither the
                  Certificate of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Company has
                  been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since the
                  Closing Date.


Section 6. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE
           OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

                  A. On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each
reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
"herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each
reference in the other Loan Documents to the "Credit Agreement", "thereunder",
"thereof" or words or like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean
and be a reference to the Amended Agreement.

                  B. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and
effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                  C. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any
provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
any Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.


                                       10
<PAGE>

Section 7. FEES AND EXPENSES.

                  Company acknowledges that all costs, fees and expenses as
described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement incurred by Agents and
their respective counsel with respect to this Amendment and the documents and
transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account of Company.

Section 8. HEADINGS.

                  Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

Section 9. COUNTERPARTS

                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may
be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single
counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document.

Section 10. GOVERNING LAW

                  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

Section 11. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT BY CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES


          Each undersigned Credit Support Party is a party to one or more of the
Subsidiary Security Agreement (U.S.), the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement (U.S.),
the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement (U.S.), the U.K. Pledge
Agreement, the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, the Copyright Security Agreement
and certain other Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to the Credit
Agreement (collectively, the "Subsidiary Collateral Documents") and either the
Subsidiary Guaranty or the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture in each case as amended
through the First Amendment Effective Date, pursuant to which each Credit
Support Party has (a) guarantied the Obligations and (b) created Liens in favor
of Administrative Agent on certain Collateral and pledged certain Collateral to
Administrative Agent to secure the obligations of such Credit Support Parties
under the Guaranties. The Subsidiary Guaranty, U.K. Guarantee and Debenture and
the other Subsidiary Collateral Documents are collectively referred to herein as
the "Credit Support Documents".


                                       11
<PAGE>

                  Each Credit Support Party hereby acknowledges that it has
reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and
consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this
Amendment. Each Credit Support Party hereby confirms that each Credit Support
Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound and all Collateral encumbered
thereby will continue to guaranty or secure, as the case may be, to the fullest
extent possible the payment and performance of all "Guarantied Obligations" and
"Secured Obligations", as the case may be (in each case as such terms are
defined in the applicable Credit Support Document) and "Indebtedness" (as
defined in the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture), including without limitation the
payment and performance of all such "Guarantied Obligations", "Secured
Obligations" or "Indebtedness", as the case may be, in respect of the
Obligations of Company now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the
Amended Agreement and the Notes defined therein.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that any of
the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall
continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder
shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the
execution or effectiveness of this Amendment. Each Credit Support Party
represents and warrants that all representations and warranties contained in the
Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound are true,
correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the First Amendment
Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except
to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an
earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in all material
respects on and as of such earlier date.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that (i)
notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment,
such Credit Support Party is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement
effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement,
this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent
of such Credit Support Party to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


                                       12
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                    LENDERS:

                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                                    as a Lender and as Syndication Agent



                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CANADA CREDIT PARTNERS CO.,
                                    as a Lender



                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                    as a Lender and as Administrative Agent



                                              Executive Director



                                    COMPANY:

                                    MITEL CORPORATION



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES:


                                    MITEL TELECOM LIMITED



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR AMERICAS, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL (BARBADOS) LTD.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       14
<PAGE>

                           ANNEX A TO FIRST AMENDMENT

                                    EXHIBIT I

                          [FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING]

                               NOTICE OF BORROWING


                  Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February
12, 1998, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to the date hereof
(said Credit Agreement, as so amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, being
the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined
herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Mitel Corporation, a
corporation organized under the laws of Canada ("Company"), the financial
institutions listed therein as Lenders ("Lenders"), Goldman Sachs Credit
Partners L.P., as advisor, arranger and syndication agent and Canadian Imperial
Bank of Commerce, as Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent"), this
represents Company's request to borrow as follows:

         1.       Date of borrowing:    ___________________, _________

         2.       Amount of borrowing: $___________________

         3.       Lender(s):

                                         [ ]a.      Lenders, in accordance with
                                                    their applicable Pro Rata
                                                    Shares
                                         [ ]b.      Swing Line Lender

         4.     Type of Loans:           [ ]a.      Tranche A Term Loans
                                         [ ]b.      AXELs Series B
                                         [ ]c.      Revolving Loans
                                         [ ]d.      Canadian Dollar Swing Line
                                                    Loan
                                         [ ]e.      U.S. Dollar Swing Line Loan

         5.     Interest rate option:    [ ]a.      Base Rate Loan(s)
                                         [ ]b.      Eurodollar Rate Loans with
                                                    an initial Interest Period
                                                    of ____________ month(s)
                                         [ ]c.      Canadian Prime Rate
                                                    (Canadian Dollar Swing Line
                                                    Loans only)

The proceeds of such Loans are to be deposited in Company's account at
Administrative Agent.

                  The undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge,
and Company certify that:


                                       15
<PAGE>

                  (i) The representations and warranties contained in the Credit
                  Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true, correct and
                  complete in all material respects on and as of the date hereof
                  to the same extent as though made on and as of the date
                  hereof, except to the extent such representations and
                  warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which
                  case such representations and warranties were true, correct
                  and complete in all material respects on and as of such
                  earlier date;

                  (ii) No event has occurred and is continuing or would result
                  from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated hereby
                  that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event
                  of Default; and

                  (iii) Company has performed in all material respects all
                  agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Credit
                  Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or
                  before the date hereof.

DATED: ____________________                   MITEL CORPORATION


                                              By: __________________________
                                              Title: ________________________


                                       16
<PAGE>

                           ANNEX A TO FIRST AMENDMENT

                                  EXHIBIT VI-B

                            [FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE]

                                MITEL CORPORATION

                      PROMISSORY NOTE DUE FEBRUARY 12, 2003

$5,000,000                                                    New York, New York
                                                               February 12, 1998

                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MITEL CORPORATION, a corporation organized
under the laws of Canada ("Company"), promises to pay to Canadian Imperial Bank
of Commerce ("Payee"), on or before February 12, 2003, the lesser of (x) FIVE
MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) and (y) the unpaid principal amount of all
advances made by Payee to Company as Swing Line Loans under the Credit Agreement
referred to below; provided that Swing Line Loans denominated in Canadian
Dollars shall be repaid in the currency required by and otherwise in accordance
with and subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

                  Company also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates, in the
currency and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998 by and
among Company, the financial institutions listed therein as Lenders, Goldman
Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as advisor, arranger and syndication agent and
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Administrative Agent (said Credit
Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, being the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined therein and not otherwise
defined herein being used herein as therein defined).

                  This Note is Company's "Swing Line Note" and is issued
pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which
reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and
conditions under which the Swing Line Loans evidenced hereby were made and are
to be repaid.

                  All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note
shall be made in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office or at such
other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance
with the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be made in lawful money in the
currency designated in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

                  Whenever any payment on this Note shall be stated to be due on
a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next
succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the
computation of the payment of interest on this Note.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                  This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in
subsection 2.4B(iii) of the Credit Agreement and to prepayment at the option of
Company as provided in subsection 2.4B(i) of the Credit Agreement.

                  THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY AND PAYEE
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

                  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance
of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the
manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit
Agreement.

                  The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the
manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

                  This Note is subject to restrictions on transfer or assignment
as provided in subsections 10.1 and 10.16 of the Credit Agreement.

                  No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision
of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of
Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and
interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency
herein prescribed.

                  Company promises to pay all costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, all as provided in subsection 10.2 of the Credit
Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Company and
any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at
or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence,
presentment, protest, demand and notice of every kind and, to the full extent
permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to
any demand hereunder.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Note to be duly
executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date
and at the place first written above.

                                              MITEL CORPORATION


                                              By: __________________________
                                              Title: ________________________


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                  TRANSACTIONS
                                       ON
                                 SWING LINE NOTE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>                 <C>
                     Amount and                                Outstanding
                     Currency of           Amount of            Principal
                      Loan Made         Principal Paid           Balance           Notation
     Date             This Date            This Date            This Date          Made By
     ----             ---------            ---------            ---------          -------
</TABLE>


                                       19



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4C
                                                                       EXECUTION


                                MITEL CORPORATION

                              SECOND AMENDMENT AND
                       LIMITED WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This SECOND AMENDMENT AND LIMITED WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(this "Amendment") is dated as of August 6, 1998, and entered into by and among
Mitel Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada ("Company"),
the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof ("Lenders"),
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP") as arranger, advisor and syndication
agent (in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent") and Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce ("CIBC"), as Administrative Agent, and for purposes of Section 11
hereof, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto
(collectively the "Credit Support Parties"), and is made with reference to that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998, by and among Company,
Lenders, GSCP, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, as Administrative Agent, as
amended by that certain First Amendment and Limited Waiver dated as of March 16,
1998 (as so amended, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used herein
without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the
Credit Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS, Mitel Telecom Limited has acquired the shares of 62
VSQ Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (now know
as Mitel Corporation Limited) ("MCL") and its wholly owned Subsidiary TSC Vicom
Limited, a company organized under the laws of Scotland ("TSC") pursuant to
subsection 7.7(v) of the Credit Agreement for an aggregate purchase price of
less than $10,000,000; and

                  WHEREAS, Company has requested that, (i) Requisite Lenders
waive the requirement set forth in subsection 6.8C of the Credit Agreement with
respect to MCL and TSC, (ii) in the event Company acquires a new Subsidiary in
connection with a Permitted Acquisition, Company not be required to comply with
the provisions of subsection 6.8C of the Credit Agreement if such new Subsidiary
has assets on a consolidated basis of less than $10,000,000, and (iii) certain
other amendments be made to the Credit Agreement as more fully set forth below.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

Section 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                  A. Subsection 6.1. Subsection 6.1 is hereby amended by
inserting the parenthetical "(or to the Administrative Agent with instructions
to deliver to Lenders, in which case Administrative Agent shall promptly so
deliver)" immediately after the phrase "Company will deliver to Syndicate Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders" appearing in the second sentence thereof.

                  B. Subsection 6.8C. Subsection 6.8C of the Credit Agreement is
hereby amended by inserting the following proviso at the end thereof:

         "; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing
         to the contrary, in the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary of
         Company after the date hereof, Company shall not be required to comply
         with clauses (i) through (iii) of this subsection 6.8C in respect of
         such Subsidiary for so long as (x) such Subsidiary does not own or
         acquire assets (including receivables) on a consolidated basis with an
         aggregate fair market value (without netting such fair market value
         against any liability of such Subsidiary) exceeding $10,000,000 and (y)
         the aggregate fair market value of the assets (including receivables)
         on a consolidated basis of all such Subsidiaries (without netting such
         fair market value against any liability of such Subsidiaries) does not
         exceed $35,000,000 in the aggregate."

                  C. Subsection 7.3(ii). Subsection 7.3(ii) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  "(ii) Company and its Subsidiaries may (a) continue to own the
                  Investments owned by them as of the Closing Date in any
                  Subsidiaries of Company, (b) make and maintain Investments in
                  any Subsidiary Guarantor from and after the Closing Date and
                  (c) make Investments in any Immaterial Subsidiary from and
                  after the Closing Date in an aggregate cumulative amount not
                  to exceed $10,000,000; provided, however, that from and after
                  the Closing Date, the aggregate cumulative amount of
                  Investments in all Immaterial Subsidiaries pursuant to this
                  subsection 7.3(ii) shall not exceed $35,000,000; provided
                  further, however, that to the extent any such Immaterial
                  Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor after or as a result
                  of any such Investment under this clause (c), the amount of
                  all Investments in such Immaterial Subsidiary pursuant to this
                  subsection 7.3(ii) shall not then be counted towards the
                  foregoing $10,000,000 or $35,000,000 limitations;"

                  D. Subsection 7.4(iv). Subsection 7.4(iv) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figure "$500,000,000" appearing
therein and inserting the figure "$600,000,000" in its place.

                  E. Subsection 7.4(vi). Subsection 7.4(vi) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  "(vi) Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain
                  liable with respect to Contingent Obligations under guarantees
                  in the ordinary course of business of (a) the obligations of
                  suppliers, customers, franchisees and


                                       2
<PAGE>

                  licensees of Company and its Subsidiaries and (b) the
                  obligations of any Subsidiary of Company under real property
                  leaseholds in an aggregate amount under all such guaranties
                  not to exceed at any time $10,000,000;"

                  F. Subsection 7.10. Subsection 7.10 of the Credit Agreement is
hereby amended by amending and restating the proviso at the end thereof in its
entirety as follows:

         "; provided, however, that, Company and its Subsidiaries may become and
         remain liable as lessee with respect to (a) sale and lease-back
         transactions with respect to assets with a fair market value not to
         exceed $8,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year and (b) sale and
         lease-back transactions in existence on the Closing Date and set forth
         on Schedule 7.10 annexed hereto."

                  G. Schedules 4.1C and 5.1. Schedules 4.1C (Corporate and
Capital Structure; Ownership; Management) and 5.1 (Subsidiaries of Company) of
the Credit Agreement are hereby amended to reflect that (i) Mitel Semiconductor,
Inc. is now a wholly owned Subsidiary of Mitel, Inc. and (ii) MCL and TSC are
wholly owned Subsidiaries of Mitel Telecom.

Section 2. LIMITED WAIVERS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

                  Limited Waiver Under Subsection 6.8C. On the basis of the
representations and warranties contained in this Amendment, and subject to the
terms and conditions of this Amendment, Requisite Lenders hereby agree to waive
Company's compliance with the provisions of subsection 6.8C with respect to MCL
and TSC during the period prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date.

Section 3. LIMITATION OF WAIVER

                  Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section
10.6 of the Credit Agreement, the waiver set forth above shall be limited
precisely as written and relates solely to noncompliance by Borrower with the
provisions of Section 6.8C of the Credit Agreement in the manner and to the
extent described above and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to:

                  (a) constitute a waiver of compliance by Borrower with respect
                  to (i) Section 6.8C of the Credit Agreement in any other
                  instance or (ii) any other term, provision or condition of the
                  Credit Agreement or any other instrument or agreement referred
                  to therein; or

                  (b) prejudice any right or remedy that any Agent or any Lender
                  may now have or may have in the future under or in connection
                  with the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or agreement
                  referred to therein.

                  Except as expressly set forth herein, the terms, provisions
and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain
in full force and effect and in all other respects are hereby ratified and
confirmed.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Section 4. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this
Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred
to herein as the "Second Amendment Effective Date"):

                  A. Company and each Credit Support Party shall have delivered
                  to Administrative Agent sufficient originally executed copies
                  for each Lender and its counsel of this Amendment;

                  B. Requisite Lenders shall each have executed a counterpart of
                  this Amendment; and

                  C. Company and Administrative Agent shall have received
                  written notification of such execution by such Lenders and
                  authorization of delivery thereof.

Section 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to
amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Company hereby
represents and warrants that after giving effect to this Amendment:

                  A. Corporate Power and Authority. Each of Company and each
                  Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate power and
                  authority to enter into this Amendment, and each of Company
                  and each Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate
                  power and authority to carry out the transactions contemplated
                  by, and perform its obligations under, the Credit Agreement,
                  as amended by this Amendment.

                  B. Authorization of Agreements. The execution and delivery of
                  this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as
                  amended by this Amendment (as so amended, the "Amended
                  Agreement") have been duly authorized by all necessary
                  corporate action on the part of Company.

                  C. No Conflict. The execution and delivery by Company of this
                  Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended
                  Agreement do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any
                  law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate or
                  Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (or comparable
                  organizational documents) of Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or
                  other agency or government binding on Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or
                  constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
                  default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of
                  its Subsidiaries (other than, with respect to the exercise of
                  certain remedies under the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, as
                  such remedies may be affected by certain government contracts
                  in the United


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  Kingdom), (iii) result in or require the creation or
                  imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens created
                  under any of the Loan Documents in favor of Administrative
                  Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv) require any approval of
                  stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under
                  any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries.

                  D. Governmental Consents. The execution and delivery by
                  Company of this Amendment and the performance by Company of
                  the Amended Agreement do not and will not require any
                  registration with, consent or approval of or notice to, or
                  other action to, with or by, any multi-national, federal,
                  provincial, state, municipal, local or other governmental
                  authority or regulatory body.

                  E. Binding Obligation. This Amendment and the Amended
                  Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by Company and
                  are the legally valid and binding obligations of Company,
                  enforceable against Company in accordance with their
                  respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
                  insolvency reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating
                  to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable
                  principles relating to enforceability.

                  F. Incorporation of Representations and Warranties From Credit
                  Agreement. The representations and warranties contained in
                  Section 5 of the Credit Agreement are and will be true,
                  correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
                  Second Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though
                  made on and as of that date, except to the extent such
                  representations and warranties specifically relate to an
                  earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and
                  complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
                  date.

                  G. Absence of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing
                  or will result from the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated by this Amendment that would constitute an Event
                  of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

                  H. No Change to Organizational Documents. Neither the
                  Certificate of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Company has
                  been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since the
                  Closing Date.

Section 6. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE
           OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

                  A. On and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each
reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
"herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each
reference in the other Loan


                                       5
<PAGE>


Documents to the "Credit Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like
import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the
Amended Agreement.

                  B. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and
effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                  C. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any
provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent
or any Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

Section 7. FEES AND EXPENSES.

                  Company acknowledges that all costs, fees and expenses as
described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement incurred by Agents and
their respective counsel with respect to this Amendment and the documents and
transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account of Company.

Section 8. HEADINGS.

                  Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

Section 9. COUNTERPARTS

                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may
be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single
counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document.

Section 10. GOVERNING LAW

                  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

Section 11. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT BY CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES


                                       6
<PAGE>

                  Each undersigned Credit Support Party is a party to one or
more of the Subsidiary Security Agreement (U.S.), the Subsidiary Pledge
Agreement (U.S.), the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement (U.S.),
the U.K. Pledge Agreement, the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, the Copyright
Security Agreement and certain other Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to
the Credit Agreement (collectively, the "Subsidiary Collateral Documents") and
either the Subsidiary Guaranty or the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture in each case
as amended through the Second Amendment Effective Date, pursuant to which each
Credit Support Party has (a) guarantied the Obligations and (b) created Liens in
favor of Administrative Agent on certain Collateral and pledged certain
Collateral to Administrative Agent to secure the obligations of such Credit
Support Parties under the Guaranties. The Subsidiary Guaranty, U.K. Guarantee
and Debenture and the other Subsidiary Collateral Documents are collectively
referred to herein as the "Credit Support Documents".

                  Each Credit Support Party hereby acknowledges that it has
reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and
consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this
Amendment. Each Credit Support Party hereby confirms that each Credit Support
Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound and all Collateral encumbered
thereby will continue to guaranty or secure, as the case may be, to the fullest
extent possible the payment and performance of all "Guarantied Obligations" and
"Secured Obligations", as the case may be (in each case as such terms are
defined in the applicable Credit Support Document) and "Indebtedness" (as
defined in the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture), including without limitation the
payment and performance of all such "Guarantied Obligations", "Secured
Obligations" or "Indebtedness", as the case may be, in respect of the
Obligations of Company now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the
Amended Agreement and the Notes defined therein.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that any of
the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall
continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder
shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the
execution or effectiveness of this Amendment. Each Credit Support Party
represents and warrants that all representations and warranties made by it
contained in the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise
bound are true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
Second Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of
that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically
relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in
all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that (i)
notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment,
such Credit Support Party is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement
effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement,
this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent
of such Credit Support Party to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


                                       7
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                    COMPANY:

                                    MITEL CORPORATION



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                    LENDERS:

                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                                    as a Lender and as Syndication Agent



                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CANADA CREDIT PARTNERS CO.,
                                    as a Lender



                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                    as a Lender and as Administrative Agent



                                              Executive Director


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES:


                                    MITEL TELECOM LIMITED



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR AMERICAS, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL (BARBADOS) LTD.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                    CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                    THE SUMITOMO BANK OF CANADA, COMMERCE



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                    BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI (CANADA)



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    BANK OF AMERICA CANADA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       14
<PAGE>

                                    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       15
<PAGE>

                                    FIRST CHICAGO NBD BANK, CANADA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       16
<PAGE>

                                    FUJI BANK CANADA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    SOCIETE GENERALE CANADA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                    BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS (CANADA)



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       20
<PAGE>

                                    DRESDNER BANK CANADA,



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT LYONNAIS CANADA,



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                    CYPRESS TREE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
                                    COMPANY, INC.,
                                    As: Attorney-in-Fact and on behalf of First
                                    Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
                                    as Portfolio Manager,



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       23
<PAGE>

                                    FC CBO LIMITED



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                    ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.,
                                    as Manager on behalf of ALLIANCE CAPITAL
                                    FUNDING L.L.C.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       26
<PAGE>

                                    OSPREY INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO
                                    Citibank, N.A., as Manager



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       27
<PAGE>

                                    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       28
<PAGE>

                                    VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL PRIME RATE
                                    INCOME TRUST



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                    OCTAGON LOAN TRUST



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
                                    By: Boston Management and Research,
                                    as Investment Advisor



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       32
<PAGE>

                                    MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE
                                    FUND, INC.



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       33
<PAGE>

                                    MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       34
<PAGE>

                                    PRIME RATE INCOME TRUST



                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       35
<PAGE>

                                    PROTECTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       36

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4D
                                                                       EXECUTION


                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                October 23, 1998

Mitel Corporation
350 Legget Drive
Kenata, Ontario
Canada K2K 1X3
Attention:  Shirley Mears

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
February 12, 1998 (said Credit Agreement, as amended to the date hereof, being
the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined) by and among Mitel Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws
of Canada ("Company"), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages
hereof ("Lenders"), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as arranger, advisor and
syndication agent and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Administrative
Agent.

                  At the request of Company, the undersigned Lenders hereby
agree that subsection 7.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (a)
amending and restating subsection (vi) thereof in its entirety to read "(vi)
Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to
Contingent Obligations under guarantees in the ordinary course of business of
the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Company
and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time
$10,000,000;" and (b) amending and restating subsection (xii) thereof in its
entirety to read "(xii) Company may become and remain liable with respect to
Contingent Obligations in respect of any obligation of any Subsidiary of Company
permitted under this Agreement; provided that the principal amount of any such
Contingent Obligation shall not exceed the principal amount of the corresponding
obligation to which it relates; provided further that, any such Contingent
Obligation shall be subordinate to the Obligations to the same extent, and on
the same terms, if any, as the corresponding obligation is so subordinated;
and."

                  On and after the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined
below), each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder",
"hereof", "herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement,
and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the "Credit Agreement",
"thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit
Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by
this Amendment (the Credit Agreement, as so amended, being the "Amended
Agreement"). Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and
are hereby ratified and confirmed. The execution, delivery and performance of
this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a
waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of

<PAGE>

any right, power or remedy of any Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document.

                  In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment,
Company, by its execution of a counterpart of this Amendment, represents and
warrants that (a) Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
enter into this Amendment and to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and
perform its obligations under, the Amended Agreement, (b) the execution and
delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Amended Agreement have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Company,
(c) the execution and delivery by Company of this Amendment and the performance
by Company of the Amended Agreement do not and will not (i) violate any
provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation
or Bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) of Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency or
government binding on Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with,
result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the U.K.
Guarantee and Debenture, as such remedies may be affected by certain government
contracts in the United Kingdom), (iii) result in or require the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Company or any of
its Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in
favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), (iv) require any approval
of stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual
Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (vi) require any
registration with, consent or approval of or notice to, or other action to, with
or by, any multi-national, federal, provincial, state, municipal, local or other
governmental authority or regulatory body, (d) this Amendment and the Amended
Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by Company and are the legally
valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable against Company in
accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability, (e) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of
the Credit Agreement are and will be true, correct and complete in all material
respects on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as
though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were
true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
date, (f) no event has occurred and is continuing or will result from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment that would
constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and (g) neither
the Certificate of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Company has been amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified since the Closing Date.

                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall
become effective (the date of such effectiveness being the "Third Amendment
Effective Date") upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by Company, each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors listed below and


                                       2
<PAGE>

Requisite Lenders and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written
notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

                                    AGENT AND LENDERS:

                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CANADA CREDIT PARTNERS CO.,
                                    as a Lender


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                    as a Lender and as Administrative Agent


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Executive Director


                                    COMPANY:

                                    MITEL CORPORATION


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       4
<PAGE>

                              SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

                  Each undersigned Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that
(a) it has reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this
Amendment and consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected
pursuant to this Amendment and (b)(i) notwithstanding the conditions to
effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not
required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to
consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this
Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other
Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Subsidiary
Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

                                    MITEL TELECOM LIMITED


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL, INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR AMERICAS, INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL (BARBADOS) LTD.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    LENDERS:

                                    [NAME OF OTHER LENDER]



                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                    CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                    THE SUMITOMO BANK OF CANADA, COMMERCE


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                    BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI (CANADA)


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                    BANK OF AMERICA CANADA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                    FIRST CHICAGO NBD BANK, CANADA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    FUJI BANK CANADA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                       14
<PAGE>

                                    SOCIETE GENERALE CANADA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                    NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       16
<PAGE>

                                    BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS (CANADA)


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    DRESDNER BANK CANADA,


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT LYONNAIS CANADA,


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                    CYPRESS TREE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
                                    COMPANY, INC.,
                                    As: Attorney-in-Fact and on behalf of First
                                    Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
                                    as Portfolio Manager,


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                    FC CBO LIMITED


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.,
                                    as Manager on behalf of ALLIANCE CAPITAL
                                    FUNDING L.L.C.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       22
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       23
<PAGE>

                                    OSPREY INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO
                                    By:      Citibank, N.A., as Manager


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       24
<PAGE>

                                    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       25
<PAGE>

                                    VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL
                                    PRIME RATE INCOME TRUST


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       26
<PAGE>

                                    OCTAGON LOAN TRUST


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       27
<PAGE>

                                    SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
                                    By: Boston Management and Research,
                                    as Investment Advisor


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       28
<PAGE>

                                    TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                    MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING
                                    RATE FUND, INC.


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    PRIME RATE INCOME TRUST


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                    PROTECTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
COMPANY


                                    By:-----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                       33

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4E
                                                                       EXECUTION

                                MITEL CORPORATION

                      FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment")
is dated as of January 14, 1999, and entered into by and among Mitel
Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada ("Company"), the
financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof ("Lenders"), Goldman
Sachs Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP") as arranger, advisor and syndication agent
(in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent") and Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce ("CIBC"), as Administrative Agent, and for purposes of Section 9
hereof, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto
(collectively the "Credit Support Parties"), and is made with reference to that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998, by and among Company,
Lenders, GSCP, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, as Administrative Agent (as
amended through the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used
herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in
the Credit Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Requisite Lenders
amend the financial covenant contained in Subsection 7.6D of the Credit
Agreement to provide for the addition of 75% of Consolidated Net Income to a
threshold level of Consolidated Net Worth to be set as of the end of fourth
Fiscal Quarter of the 1998 Fiscal Year and to make certain other changes, in
each case as more fully set forth below.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

Section 1. AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                  A. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance
on the representations and warranties contained herein, subsection 7.6D of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

         "D. Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. Company shall not permit
         Consolidated Net Worth at any time during any Fiscal Quarter commencing
         with the first Fiscal Quarter of the 1999 Fiscal Year to be less than
         the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Worth as of the last day of the fourth
         Fiscal Quarter of the 1998 Fiscal Year, plus (ii) an amount equal to
         75% of Consolidated Net Income, as such Consolidated Net Income is
         determined on a cumulative basis from the last day of such fourth
         Fiscal

<PAGE>

Quarter through the relevant date of determination (without any deduction for
losses)."

                  B. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance
on the representations and warranties contained herein, Schedule 5.1 to the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on
Annex A hereto.

Section 2. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this
Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred
to herein as the "Fourth Amendment Effective Date"):

                  A. Company and each Credit Support Party shall have delivered
            to Administrative Agent sufficient originally executed copies for
            each Lender and its counsel of this Amendment;

                  B. Requisite Lenders shall each have executed a counterpart of
            this Amendment; and

                  C. Company and Administrative Agent shall have received
            written notification of such execution by such Lenders and
            authorization of delivery thereof.

Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to
amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Company hereby
represents and warrants that after giving effect to this Amendment:

                  A. Corporate Power and Authority. Each of Company and each
Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter
into this Amendment, and each of Company and each Credit Support Party has all
requisite corporate power and authority to carry out the transactions
contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, the Credit Agreement, as
amended by this Amendment.

                  B. Authorization of Agreements. The execution and delivery of
this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended by this
Amendment (as so amended, the "Amended Agreement") have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of Company.

                  C. No Conflict. The execution and delivery by Company of this
Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended Agreement do not and
will not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or
regulation applicable to Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate or
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) of
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court
or other agency or government binding on Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or


<PAGE>

lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or
any of its Subsidiaries (other than, with respect to the exercise of certain
remedies under the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, as such remedies may be
affected by certain government contracts in the United Kingdom), (iii) result in
or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or
assets of Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under any
of the Loan Documents in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or
(iv) require any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of any
Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  D. Governmental Consents. The execution and delivery by
Company of this Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended
Agreement do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval
of or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any multi-national, federal,
provincial, state, municipal, local or other governmental authority or
regulatory body.

                  E. Binding Obligation. This Amendment and the Amended
Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by Company and are the legally
valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable against Company in
accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.

                  F. Incorporation of Representations and Warranties From Credit
Agreement. The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of the
Credit Agreement are and will be true, correct and complete in all material
respects on and as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as
though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were
true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
date.

                  G. Absence of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing
or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Amendment that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
Default.

                  H. No Change to Organizational Documents. Neither the
Certificate of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Company has been amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified since the Closing Date.

Section 4. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
           AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

                  A. On and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, each
reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
"herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each
reference in the other Loan Documents to the "Credit Agreement", "thereunder",
"thereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean
and be a reference to the Amended Agreement.

<PAGE>

                  B. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and
effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                  C. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any
provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent
or any Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

Section 5. FEES AND EXPENSES.

                  Company acknowledges that all costs, fees and expenses as
described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement incurred by Agents and
their respective counsel with respect to this Amendment and the documents and
transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account of Company.

Section 6. HEADINGS.

                  Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

Section 7. COUNTERPARTS

                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may
be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single
counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document.

Section 8. GOVERNING LAW

                  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

Section 9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT BY CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES

          Each undersigned Credit Support Party is a party to one or more of the
Subsidiary Security Agreement (U.S.), the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement (U.S.),
the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement (U.S.), the U.K. Pledge
Agreement, the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, the Copyright Security Agreement
and certain other Collateral Documents


<PAGE>

delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement (collectively, the "Subsidiary
Collateral Documents") and either the Subsidiary Guaranty or the U.K. Guarantee
and Debenture in each case as amended through the Fourth Amendment Effective
Date, pursuant to which each Credit Support Party has (a) guarantied the
Obligations and (b) created Liens in favor of Administrative Agent on certain
Collateral and pledged certain Collateral to Administrative Agent to secure the
obligations of such Credit Support Parties under the Guaranties. The Subsidiary
Guaranty, U.K. Guarantee and Debenture and the other Subsidiary Collateral
Documents are collectively referred to herein as the "Credit Support Documents".

                  Each Credit Support Party hereby acknowledges that it has
reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and
consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this
Amendment. Each Credit Support Party hereby confirms that each Credit Support
Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound and all Collateral encumbered
thereby will continue to guaranty or secure, as the case may be, to the fullest
extent possible the payment and performance of all "Guarantied Obligations" and
"Secured Obligations", as the case may be (in each case as such terms are
defined in the applicable Credit Support Document) and "Indebtedness" (as
defined in the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture), including without limitation the
payment and performance of all such "Guarantied Obligations", "Secured
Obligations" or "Indebtedness", as the case may be, in respect of the
Obligations of Company now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the
Amended Agreement and the Notes defined therein.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that any of
the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall
continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder
shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the
execution or effectiveness of this Amendment. Each Credit Support Party
represents and warrants that all representations and warranties made by it
contained in the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise
bound are true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
Fourth Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of
that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically
relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in
all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that (i)
notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment,
such Credit Support Party is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement
effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement,
this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent
of such Credit Support Party to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                    COMPANY:

                                    MITEL CORPORATION


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                    LENDERS:

                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                                    as a Lender and as Syndication Agent



                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CANADA CREDIT PARTNERS CO.,
                                    as a Lender


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                    as a Lender and as Administrative Agent



                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Executive Director


<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES:


                                    MITEL TELECOM LIMITED


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL, INC.


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL (BARBADOS) LTD.

                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


<PAGE>

                                    LENDERS:.

                                    ----------------------------------
                                    [Insert name of Lender]

                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX A

                                   [TO FOLLOW]

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4F
                                                                       EXECUTION

                                MITEL CORPORATION

                       FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
dated as of May 19, 1999, and entered into by and among Mitel Corporation, a
corporation organized under the laws of Canada ("Company"), the financial
institutions listed on the signature pages hereof ("Lenders"), Goldman Sachs
Credit Partners L.P. ("GSCP") as arranger, advisor and syndication agent (in
such capacity, the "Syndication Agent") and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
("CIBC"), as Administrative Agent, and for purposes of Section 9 hereof, the
Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto (collectively the
"Credit Support Parties"), and is made with reference to that certain Credit
Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998, by and among Company, Lenders, GSCP, as
Syndication Agent, and CIBC, as Administrative Agent (as amended through the
date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit
Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Requisite Lenders
amend Subsection 7.5 of the Credit Agreement to permit Company to purchase
Company common shares in the open market subject to certain limitations as more
fully set forth below.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

Section 1. AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the
representations and warranties contained herein, Company and Lenders hereby
agree as follows:

                  A. Amendment to Section 1.

                  1. Section 1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
inserting a new definition of "Company Common Stock" therein in alphabetical
order as follows:

                  "Company Common Stock" means common shares of Company, without
par value.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                  2. Section 1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended
by amending and restating the definition of "Consolidated Excess Cash Flow"
appearing therein in its entirety as follows:

                           `"Consolidated Excess Cash Flow" means, for any
         period, an amount (if positive) equal to (i) the sum, without
         duplication, of the amounts for such period of (a) Consolidated
         Adjusted EBITDA and (b) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment
         minus (ii) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period
         of (u) voluntary and scheduled repayments of Consolidated Total Debt
         (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans except to the extent the
         Revolving Loan Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with
         such repayments), (v) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (net of any
         proceeds of any related financings with respect to such expenditures),
         (w) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, (x) cash dividends and other
         cash distributions on any shares of Company Preferred Stock but only to
         the extent actually made and only to the extent such dividends or other
         distributions are permitted pursuant to subsection 7.5, (y) the
         provision for current taxes based on income of Company and its
         Subsidiaries and payable in cash with respect to such period and (z)
         cash payments actually made by Company during such period to purchase
         or repurchase Company Common Stock pursuant to and subject to the
         limitations of subsection 7.5."

                  B. Amendment to Section 7. Subsection 7.5 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  "7.5     Restricted Junior Payments.

                            Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
         Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or
         set apart any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment; provided that so
         long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have
         occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, Company may (a)
         make scheduled dividend payments to the holders of the Company
         Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company Certificate of
         Designations in an aggregate amount not to exceed Cdn$3,250,000 in any
         Fiscal Year, (b) make scheduled repurchases of shares of Company
         Preferred Stock pursuant to the Company Certificate of Designations for
         an aggregate consideration not to exceed Cdn$2,250,000 in any Fiscal
         Year, (c) redeem or repurchase options to purchase shares of Company
         Common Stock granted to Company's employees in lieu of such employees
         exercising such options and (d) from and after May 20, 1999, purchase
         or repurchase through the open market shares of Company Common Stock
         held by Persons other than Company for an aggregate cumulative
         consideration not to exceed Cdn $117,000,000; provided that (i)
         purchases or repurchases under this clause (d) shall be made pursuant
         to and shall comply in all respects with the Toronto Stock Exchange's
         Policy Statement for Normal Course Issuer Bids and (ii) immediately
         after giving effect to any such


                                       2
<PAGE>

         purchase or repurchase, Company shall be in compliance on a pro forma
         basis with the covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 7 of this
         Agreement."

Section 2. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this
Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred
to herein as the "Fifth Amendment Effective Date"):

                  A. Company and each Credit Support Party shall have delivered
         to Administrative Agent sufficient originally executed copies for each
         Lender and its counsel of this Amendment;

                  B. Requisite Lenders shall each have executed a counterpart of
         this Amendment;

                  C. Company and Administrative Agent shall have received
         written notification of such execution by such Lenders and
         authorization of delivery thereof; and

                  D. Agent shall have received, for the ratable benefit of
         Lenders executing a counterpart hereof on or before 5:00 p.m. (EDT) on
         May 19, 1999 (the "Consenting Lenders"), an amendment fee equal to 0.1%
         of the sum as of such date of (i) the Revolving Loan Commitments of the
         Consenting Lenders, (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
         Tranche A Term Loans of the Consenting Lenders and (iii) the aggregate
         outstanding principal amount of AXELs Series B of the Consenting
         Lenders.

Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to
amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Company hereby
represents and warrants that after giving effect to this Amendment:

                  A. Corporate Power and Authority. Each of Company and each
Credit Support Party has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter
into this Amendment, and each of Company and each Credit Support Party has all
requisite corporate power and authority to carry out the transactions
contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, the Credit Agreement, as
amended by this Amendment.

                  B. Authorization of Agreements. The execution and delivery of
this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended by this
Amendment (as so amended, the "Amended Agreement") have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of Company.

                  C. No Conflict. The execution and delivery by Company of this
Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended Agreement do not and
will


                                       3
<PAGE>

not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation
applicable to Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate or Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) of Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other
agency or government binding on Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii)
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of
its Subsidiaries (other than, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies
under the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, as such remedies may be affected by
certain government contracts in the United Kingdom), (iii) result in or require
the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under any of the
Loan Documents in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv)
require any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person
under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  D. Governmental Consents. The execution and delivery by
Company of this Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended
Agreement do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval
of or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any multi-national, federal,
provincial, state, municipal, local or other governmental authority or
regulatory body.

                  E. Binding Obligation. This Amendment and the Amended
Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by Company and are the legally
valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable against Company in
accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.

                  F. Incorporation of Representations and Warranties From Credit
Agreement. The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of the
Credit Agreement are and will be true, correct and complete in all material
respects on and as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as
though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were
true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
date.

                  G. Absence of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing
or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Amendment that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
Default.

                  H. No Change to Organizational Documents. Neither the
Certificate of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Company has been amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified since the Closing Date.

Section 4. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND
           THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  A. On and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, each
reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
"herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each
reference in the other Loan Documents to the "Credit Agreement", "thereunder",
"thereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean
and be a reference to the Amended Agreement.

                  B. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and
effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                  C. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any
provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent
or any Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

                  D. This Amendment supercedes any prior correspondence
concerning the subject matter hereof.

Section 5. FEES AND EXPENSES.

                  Company acknowledges that all costs, fees and expenses as
described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement incurred by Agents and
their respective counsel with respect to this Amendment and the documents and
transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account of Company.

Section 6. HEADINGS.

                  Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

Section 7. COUNTERPARTS

                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may
be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single
counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document.

Section 8. GOVERNING LAW

                  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Section 9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT BY CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES

          Each undersigned Credit Support Party is a party to one or more of the
Subsidiary Security Agreement (U.S.), the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement (U.S.),
the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement (U.S.), the U.K. Pledge
Agreement, the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture, the Copyright Security Agreement
and certain other Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to the Credit
Agreement (collectively, the "Subsidiary Collateral Documents") and either the
Subsidiary Guaranty or the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture in each case as amended
through the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, pursuant to which each Credit
Support Party has (a) guarantied the Obligations and (b) created Liens in favor
of Administrative Agent on certain Collateral and pledged certain Collateral to
Administrative Agent to secure the obligations of such Credit Support Parties
under the Guaranties. The Subsidiary Guaranty, U.K. Guarantee and Debenture and
the other Subsidiary Collateral Documents are collectively referred to herein as
the "Credit Support Documents".

                  Each Credit Support Party hereby acknowledges that it has
reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and
consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this
Amendment. Each Credit Support Party hereby confirms that each Credit Support
Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound and all Collateral encumbered
thereby will continue to guaranty or secure, as the case may be, to the fullest
extent possible the payment and performance of all "Guarantied Obligations" and
"Secured Obligations", as the case may be (in each case as such terms are
defined in the applicable Credit Support Document) and "Indebtedness" (as
defined in the U.K. Guarantee and Debenture), including without limitation the
payment and performance of all such "Guarantied Obligations", "Secured
Obligations" or "Indebtedness", as the case may be, in respect of the
Obligations of Company now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the
Amended Agreement and the Notes defined therein.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that any of
the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall
continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder
shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the
execution or effectiveness of this Amendment. Each Credit Support Party
represents and warrants that all representations and warranties made by it
contained in the Credit Support Documents to which it is a party or otherwise
bound are true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
Fifth Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of
that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically
relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in
all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

                  Each Credit Support Party acknowledges and agrees that (i)
notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment,
such Credit Support Party is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement
effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement,
this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to


                                       6
<PAGE>

require the consent of such Credit Support Party to any future amendments to the
Credit Agreement.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


                                       7
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                    COMPANY:

                                    MITEL CORPORATION

                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title



                                    LENDERS:

                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CANADA CREDIT PARTNERS CO.,
                                    as a Lender



                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Authorized Signatory


                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                    as a Lender and as Administrative Agent



                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Executive Director

FIFTH AMENDMENT
                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                                    CREDIT SUPPORT PARTIES:


                                    MITEL TELECOM LIMITED


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL, INC.


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                    MITEL (BARBADOS) LTD.


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

FIFTH AMENDMENT
                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                                    LENDERS:.

                                    ----------------------------------
                                    [Insert name of Lender]

                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
FIFTH AMENDMENT

                                      S-3
<PAGE>



                                                                      Exhibit 21

                      SUBSIDIARY AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS

Subsidiaries*

Mitel, Inc.
U.S.A.

Mitel Communications Solutions, Inc.
U.S.A.

Mitel Telecom Limited
Great Britain

Mitel Semiconductor Limited
Great Britain

Mitel (Far East) Limited
Hong Kong

Mitel Semiconductor AB
Sweden

Mitel (Barbados) Limited
Barbados



Principal Investments

Mitel de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico

Tianchi-Mitel Telecommunications Corporation

* All subsidiaries are 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by Mitel Corporation.


<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

                  CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

         We  consent  to the use in this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of Mitel
Corporation of our report with respect to the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements for the year ended March 26, 1999.

         We  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statements  (Forms S-8 numbers  2-74833,  2-78545,  2-84711,  2-86511,  2-92200,
2-92201, 2-92494, 33-1371, 33-9682, 33-45716, 33-98946 and 333-66315) pertaining
to the Stock  Purchase Plan for Eligible U.S.  Employees,  the Stock Option Plan
for Key  Employees,  the Basic Stock Option Plan,  The Stock Option Plan for Key
Employees,  the 1984 Stock Option Plan,  the Basic Stock Option Plan, the United
Kingdom  Savings  Related  Share  Option  Scheme,  the 1985  Stock  Option/Stock
Purchase Plan, the Preferred Share Purchase Plan, the 1991 Stock Option Plan for
Key Employees and Stock Option Grant to Anthony F.  Griffiths and the 1991 Stock
Option Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee  Directors  respectively,  and in
the  Registration  Statements  (Forms S-3  numbers  2-81989,  2-82262,  2-88432,
2-91496 and 2-96412) of Mitel Corporation,  and in the related prospectuses,  of
our  report  dated  May 6,  1999  with  respect  to the  consolidated  financial
statements of Mitel  Corporation  incorporated by reference in the Annual Report
(Form 10-K) for the year ended March 26, 1999.

         Our audit also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  of Mitel
Corporation  listed in Item 14(a)2.  This schedule is the  responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audit. In our opinion,  the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Ottawa, Canada,

                                                           /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
June 24, 1999.                                                 ERNST & YOUNG LLP

WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


            Financial Data Schedule for the Year Ended March 26, 1999

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
Legend - This  schedule  contains  summary  financial  information  (prepared in
accordance with accounting  principles  generally  accepted in Canada) extracted
from  the  accounting   records  of  Mitel   Corporation  and  included  in  the
Consolidated  Statements  of Income  for the year ended  March 26,  1999 and the
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as at  March  26,  1999 and is  qualified  in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
<CURRENCY>                                     Canadian Dollars

<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAR-26-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-26-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1.50671<F1>
<CASH>                                         35,974
<SECURITIES>                                   90,055
<RECEIVABLES>                                  317,151
<ALLOWANCES>                                   8,748
<INVENTORY>                                    198,076
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               677,029
<PP&E>                                         884,455
<DEPRECIATION>                                 376,709
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,300,352
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          340,030
<BONDS>                                        276,544
                          0
                                    37,175
<COMMON>                                       331,241
<OTHER-SE>                                     278,881
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1,300,352
<SALES>                                        1,310,424
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               1,310,424
<CGS>                                          712,385
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  712,385
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               515,233
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             30,683
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                58,058
<INCOME-TAX>                                   17,500
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            40,558
<DISCONTINUED>                                 14,334
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   26,224
<EPS-BASIC>                                  0.33<F2>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0.32<F3>

<FN>
F1     The foreign  exchange  rate of 1.506705  should be used to translate  the
       balance  sheet  items  from  Canadian  Dollars  (figures  above)  to U.S.
       Dollars.  The  twelve  month  moving  average  foreign  exchange  rate of
       1.502524  should be used to  translate  the income  statement  items from
       Canadian Dollars (figures above) to U.S. Dollars.

F2    The  figure  quoted  is  EPS-Basic  under  Canadian   Generally   Accepted
      Accounting  Principles.

F3    The figure quoted is EPS-Fully Diluted under Canadian  Generally  Accepted
      Accounting Principles.
</FN>



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission